Quarterlytics / Energy / Oil & Gas Refining & Marketing / Newfield Resources Limited / FY2024 Annual Report

Newfield Resources Limited
Annual Report 2024

NWF · LSE Energy
Claim this profile
Ticker NWF
Exchange LSE
Sector Energy
Industry Oil & Gas Refining & Marketing
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2024 Annual Report · Newfield Resources Limited
Loading PDF…
NWF Group plc 
Annual Report and Accounts 2024
Connecting essential suppliers 
with their customers

NWF Group is a specialist distributor across the UK. 
Our values
Our vision
Our purpose
Our business performance:
Innovators in specialist distribution, 
delivering value sustainably
Connecting essential 
suppliers with their customers
Scan the QR code to 
watch our CEO interview
Fuels
Food
Feeds
  Read more on pages 14 and 15
  Read more on page 4
  Read more on pages 16 and 17
  Read more on pages 18 and 19
Collaboration
Care
Courage
Challenge

Financial highlights for the year ended 31 May 2024
1 	 Headline operating profit excludes exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles. Headline profit before taxation excludes exceptional items, amortisation of acquired 
intangibles and the net finance cost in respect of the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme. Headline EBITDA excludes exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles. 
2	 Net cash/(debt) excluding IFRS 16 lease liabilities.
Dividend per share
8.1p
+3.8%
Headline EBITDA1
£19.4m
-24.8% 
Headline profit before tax¹
£12.5m
-36.2%
Headline operating profit¹
£14.2m
-32.4%
Net cash/(debt)2
£10.0m
-6.3m
Revenue
£950.6m
-9.8%
Contents
Overview
1	
Financial highlights for the year 
ended 31 May 2024
2	
At a glance
3	
How we do it
4	
Our purpose and values
5	
Business review 
6	
Chair’s statement
Strategic report
8	
Chief Executive Officer’s review 
10	
Q&A
12	
Business model
14	
Business review: Fuels
16	
Business review: Food
18	
Business review: Feeds
20	
Group financial review
23	
Principal risks and uncertainties
ESG framework
27	 ESG (including SECR)
39	
CFD
44	
Stakeholders and Section 172
50	
Our leadership team
53	
Corporate governance statement
59	
Audit Committee report
62	
Nomination Committee report
64	
Directors’ remuneration report
68	
Directors’ report
70	
Statement of Directors’ responsibilities
Financial statements
71	
Independent auditors’ report
76	
Consolidated income statement
77	 Consolidated statement of 
comprehensive income
78	 Consolidated balance sheet
79	
Consolidated statement 
of changes in equity
80	
Consolidated cash flow statement
81	
Notes to the Group financial statements
112	 Parent Company balance sheet
113	 Parent Company statement 
of comprehensive income
113	 Parent Company statement 
of changes in equity
114	 Notes to the Parent Company 
financial statements
Shareholder information
124	 Notice of Annual General Meeting
125	 Notes to the Notice of Annual 
General Meeting
127	 Explanatory notes to the Notice 
of Annual General Meeting
128	 Financial calendar
128	 Business contacts
128	 Advisors
23
1,053.9
23
7.8
22
878.6
22
7.5
24
950.6
24
8.1
23
19.6
23
21.0
22
20.9
22
21.8
24
12.5
24
14.2
23
25.8
22
26.6
24
19.4
23
16.3
22
9.0
24
10.0
1
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
Financial statements
Shareholder information
ESG framework
Strategic report
Overview

Specialist distribution 
across the UK
At a glance
What we do
Fuels
Specialist liquid 
fuel distributor
NWF Fuels Limited is a leading bulk 
liquid fuel distributor delivering over 
659 million litres across the UK to 
107,000 customers.
Food
Leading ambient 
grocery consolidator
Boughey Distribution Limited is 
a leading consolidator of ambient 
grocery products to UK supermarkets 
with over 1,400,000ft² of warehousing 
and significant distribution assets.
Feeds
Specialist in 
ruminant feed
NWF Agriculture Limited has grown 
to be a leading national supplier and 
distributor of ruminant animal feed 
to 4,400 customers in the UK.
Headline operating profit
£7.9m
-38.8%
  Read more on pages 14 and 15
Headline operating profit
£3.7m
-11.9%
  Read more on pages 16 and 17
Headline operating profit
£2.6m
-33.3%
  Read more on pages 18 and 19
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
2
Overview

Investment case
Management and 
operational capability
Growing to service customer demand
3
new warehouses since 2020
Strong business 
investment
Cash invested in development
£8.4m
Asset backing
Strong balance sheet
£237.7m
total assets (2023: 217.6m)
Growing dividend
Increased dividend for 
13 consecutive years
8.1p
total dividend per share 
(2023: 7.8p)
Acquisition 
opportunities 
Solid track record with ambition
7
completed Fuels acquisitions 
since 2019
Focus on return 
on capital
Return on capital employed 
is a key metric
16.5%
Group ROCE (2023: 27.6%)
How we do it
Overview
Shareholder information
ESG framework
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
3
Financial statements
Strategic report

Our purpose and values
Collaboration
•	 Working together as one NWF team
•	 Being inclusive and supportive
•	 Aligning behind one vision for the future 
of the Group and its businesses
•	 Recognising and sharing best practice 
across the Group
Care
•	 Acting with integrity
•	 Safety first every time all the time
•	 Being open, honest and respectful with 
all our stakeholders
Vision
What we want to achieve
Innovators in specialist distribution, delivering value sustainably.
What this will mean in practice
Innovators
Doing it better, easier, faster than 
the competition; solving customers’ 
problems; modernising traditional 
markets; developing new approaches 
and doing things differently.
Value
Generating returns for our shareholders 
and other stakeholders; delivering 
a high level of service to customers; 
improving, enhancing and optimising 
supply chains for our customers.
Specialist distribution
Requiring skill and expertise; operating 
in critical supply chains for customers; 
service led markets; difficult operations 
through complexity/regulation; ability 
to add value above and beyond 
price competition.
Sustainably 
Long-term partner for stakeholders; 
reliable, responsible and accountable; 
aware of our environment and our 
communities. 
  See how we are going to achieve our vision through our strategy
C
o
u
r
a
g
e
C
o
ll
a
b
o
r
a
ti
o
n
C
a
r
e
C
h
al
l
e
n
g
e
Our
values
Courage
•	 Curious and inquisitive with a thirst for 
learning that can be applied to the business
•	 Constantly growing our understanding 
of our customers and markets
•	 Determination to be the best at what we do
Challenge
•	 Ambitious for continuous improvement
•	 Innovative and imaginative
•	 Questioning the status quo
Purpose
Connecting essential suppliers with their customers.
Why we exist
All three current Group businesses operate, and have core competencies, 
in specialist distribution markets. As such, our reason to exist as a Group 
is to add value to supply chains by applying our expertise in connecting suppliers 
and their customers who otherwise would struggle to connect or would connect 
in a sub-optimal manner. 
Our purpose and values
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
4
Overview

A Group skilled at delivering 
growth and returns
The Group has delivered a solid financial performance as it 
experienced more challenging conditions than in recent years, 
with market pricing normalising for Fuels and Feeds. 
Fuels
With 107,000 customers being supplied across 27 fuel depots, Fuels 
operates in markets that are large and robust and, as a business, it has 
consistently proved it can effectively manage the volatility in oil prices. 
The industry remains highly fragmented, with many small operators, 
which we continue to believe provides an opportunity for NWF to further 
increase its market share.
  Read more on pages 14 and 15
Food
The business operates in a competitive supply chain and needs to 
continually demonstrate the value and service that it provides to food 
manufacturers and importers. The business has a leading position 
in consolidating ambient grocery products, with high service levels, 
industry leading capability and a strong operating performance 
being the key components of its customer proposition.
  Read more on pages 16 and 17 
Feeds
NWF provides nutritional advice to farmers across the country with 41 
trained nutritional advisors analysing forage and farmers’ objectives to 
deliver feed to optimise performance. Feed is then produced from mills 
across the UK and delivered directly to farmers, with the majority of the 
business being dairy, but also supporting beef and sheep farmers.
  Read more on pages 18 and 19
Business review
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
5
Financial statements
Shareholder information
ESG framework
Strategic report
Overview

Overview
In what will be my final annual Chair’s Statement, I am pleased to report 
a solid set of results for the Group in line with market expectations. As 
anticipated, after two years of outperformance, the Group experienced 
a normalisation of the Fuel and Feeds markets, alongside a strong 
contribution from the Food business.
As a consequence of the Group’s strong cash generation and the 
confidence in the Group’s future prospects, the Board is recommending 
a final dividend of 7.1p per share, to be paid to shareholders on 
6 December 2024 (2023: 6.8p), giving a total dividend of 8.1p per share 
(2023: 7.8p), which represents a 3.8% increase on the prior year. 
This is the 13th year that the Group has increased the total 
dividend reflecting the track record of profitability and cash generation.
Our business
NWF is a specialist distributor operating in UK markets. Each of our 
trading businesses is a leading player in its chosen market and 
benefits from scale and capability barriers to entry. All three businesses 
are profitable and cash generative. Each business trades under 
different brands:
A solid set of results 
Summary
•	 A solid set of results for the Group in line with 
market expectations. 
•	 Continued increase in shareholder returns; 
proposed increase in the total dividend of 3.8% 
to 8.1p per share, reflecting the solid performance 
and the Board’s confidence in the prospects 
of the business.
Total dividend per share
8.1p
(2023: 7.8p)
Philip Acton
Non-Executive Chair
Feeds
NWF Agriculture Limited, 
SC Feeds, New Breed 
(UK) Limited and 
Jim Peet
	 Read our Business review 
on page 18
	 Read our Business review 
on page 16
Food
Boughey Distribution 
Limited
	 Read our Business review 
on page 14
Fuels
NWF Fuels Limited 
(including a 
number of local 
sub‑brands)
Chair’s statement
I would like to take the 
opportunity to thank 
everyone at NWF for 
their support and 
commitment over 
the last 11 years.”
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
6
Overview

Key areas of focus for the Board in 2024
Responding proactively to normalising market 
conditions
The Group has responded well to challenging market conditions 
throughout the year. In Fuels, a long period of customer concern around 
security of supply, which commenced during the Covid-19 pandemic 
and continued due to the conflict in Ukraine, came to an end as both 
supply and the oil price were very stable across the year. This resulted 
in more competitive pricing, particularly of commercial diesel and gas 
oil, with a corresponding impact on gross margins. The Group 
responded by actively managing the cost base of the Fuels business 
through optimising the sales team and fleet size whilst targeting 
increased commercial volumes. In Feeds, the milk price returned to a 
more normal level following the record high prices experienced in the 
summer and autumn of 2022. This coincided with a significant increase 
in electricity costs. The business responded by effectively managing 
both its gross margin and operational cost base. 
  Read more about our ESG ambitions on pages 30 and 31
  Read more on our Section 172(1) Statement on page 44
Delivering on strategy
The Group has a long-term growth strategy of development through 
targeted acquisitions, organic investment, including a significant 
investment in new fleet, and continuous improvement initiatives. 
During the year, the Group expanded the capacity of its Food business 
by 39% through the investment in the new warehouse at Lymedale to 
support growing customer demand. We will continue to pursue similar 
opportunities if supported by demand from our customers. The Group 
also remains committed to a strategy to expand its network of fuel 
delivery depots to increase market share and increase efficiency. 
Early in the financial year, the Group acquired the trade and assets of 
Geoff Boorman Fuels LLP, but subsequently the market experienced a 
lower level of interest in selling by target business owners as the fuel 
market normalised. However, since the start of the new financial year 
the Group has seen an increase in its active pipeline of opportunities. 
The Group is also looking at opportunities to expand the Food business 
through targeted acquisitions. 
Cash generation
Cash generation remains a focus for the Group and it is good to report 
a strong year end net cash balance of £10.0 million (excluding lease 
liabilities) after the investment in the new warehouse at Lymedale, 
which highlights both the cash-generative nature of our business and 
the capability and flexibility to finance growth investment opportunities.
Rewarding good service
The consistent focus on excellence in customer service remains critical 
across the Group to win new business and ensure we can continue to 
pass on cost increases as a specialist distributor. 
Philip Acton
Non-Executive Chair
30 July 2024
ESG framework
The Board recognises the importance and value of ESG. We have 
established a target of net zero by 2040 and continued the focus 
on our four sustainability pillars across the Group. An executive 
steering committee meets regularly, reviewing detailed 
performance measures. We have continued to progress our 
CFD disclosures, providing further qualitative information 
on our climate risks and opportunities.
We continue to adopt the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate 
Governance Code (the ‘QCA Code’), which we believe has been 
constructed in a simple, practical and effective style and that 
meaningful compliance with its ten principles should provide 
shareholders with confidence in how the Group operates. 
Employees
The Group continues to employ more than 1,400 people across 
our three businesses and Head Office. I would like to offer my 
personal thanks to all our employees for their outstanding efforts 
and commitment to the Group over the last year.
Board changes
After 11 years as a Board member of the Group, I will be standing 
down as Chair at the Annual General Meeting on 26 September 
2024 and, as announced on 18 July 2024, will be replaced by 
Amanda Burton who joined the Board in July 2024. As also 
announced on 18 July 2024, Tim Cooper will also be joining 
the Board as a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the 
Remuneration Committee.
I look forward to updating shareholders on the Group’s 
continuing progress at the time of the Annual General Meeting 
on 26 September 2024.
  Read more about our ESG ambitions on pages 30 and 31
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
7
Financial statements
Shareholder information
ESG framework
Strategic report
Overview

Overview
NWF has delivered a solid result in line with market expectations. 
Food has delivered a strong performance whilst Fuels and Feeds have 
responded effectively to the normalisation of their respective markets. 
Strategic growth has continued with the investment in the new 
warehouse at Lymedale. 
The continued focus on cash has maintained a year end net cash 
position (excluding lease liabilities) following the investment in 
Lymedale. This continues to demonstrate the ongoing cash-generative 
nature of our business and the ability to fund acquisitions and 
development. We are once again proposing an increased dividend as 
part of our continuing focus on driving shareholder returns.
Fuels delivered increased volumes in part benefitting from increased 
commercial customer orders as the mild weather across the winter 
resulted in low demand for domestic heating oil. Margins normalised 
throughout the year from the abnormally elevated levels experienced 
in the prior year, as the market experienced stable supply conditions 
and a stable oil price. The lower demand for heating oil led to more 
competitive pricing of diesel and gas oil. Against this backdrop, the 
business actively managed its cost base through optimising its sales 
team and tanker fleet. 
The Food business delivered another year of strong performance 
improvement. As planned, the level of customer demand for our 
services resulted in the utilisation of overflow warehousing which was 
managed efficiently in advance of the new warehouse at Lymedale 
being operational. The fit out of the new 52,000 pallet space warehouse 
at Lymedale commenced in January and progressed in line with its 
business plan with the site becoming partially operational for both 
storage and distribution. The new facility will support the growth 
of the business into FY25 and beyond. 
Feeds delivered a solid performance from slightly lower volumes 
as ideal grass growing conditions across the summer and autumn 
provided farmers with extra forage for the winter. This was partially 
mitigated by the wet winter and spring which extended the usual winter 
season demand into April. Weaker milk prices and reduced volatility 
in raw material prices compared to the prior year resulted in the 
expected normalisation of gross margins. Against this backdrop, the 
business has delivered effective management of both margin and 
operational costs.
The Group delivered headline operating profit of £14.2 million 
(2023: £21.0 million) and headline profit before tax of £12.5 million 
(2023: £19.6 million). Operating profit was £14.3 million (2023: £20.6 million). 
Diluted headline earnings per share was 19.2p (2023: 31.3p).
Cash management remains strong with net cash of £10.0 million 
(2023: net cash of £16.3 million) excluding lease liabilities, after 
£9.7 million of net capital expenditure (2023: £2.2 million).
NWF has delivered a solid 
set of results 
Summary
•	 Solid results for the Group in line with the 
expected normalisation of pricing in the Fuels 
and Feeds markets. 
•	 In Fuels, low demand for heating oil resulting 
from the mild winter mitigated through 
increased commercial volume and management 
of the cost base. 
•	 Strong performance in Food with increased 
storage levels and throughput supporting the 
investment in the new 52,000 pallet space 
warehouse at Lymedale, a 39% increase in 
operating capacity to support continued 
customer demand.
•	 Effective management of gross margin and 
operational costs in Feeds as the milk price 
reduced from the record high of the previous 
financial year.
•	 Performance to date in the current financial year 
has been in line with the Board’s expectations.
Net cash
£10.0m
(2023: net cash £16.3m)
Chris Belsham
Chief Executive Officer
Chief Executive Officer’s review 
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
8
Strategic report

Outlook
In Fuels, we are the third largest distributor in the UK and have a clear 
growth strategy to consolidate a fragmented fuels distribution market 
and drive great efficiency whilst delivering organic volume growth. 
With a strong pipeline, acquisitions are being actively pursued and the 
opportunity for growth remains significant. We continue to invest 
in enhancing the capabilities for the Fuels business, including 
investment in the tanker fleet.
In Food, the delivery of the new warehouse at Lymedale is progressing 
in line with the business plan and we are targeting further additional 
business to support our ambition to continue to expand our warehouse 
and transport operations through further warehouse development 
or targeted acquisitions. Having absorbed ramp-up costs in FY24, 
Lymedale is expected to have a net neutral impact in FY25, whilst 
incurring IFRS 16 interest charges in respect of the warehouse lease and 
associated additional leased vehicles.
In Feeds, stable commodity and milk prices are expected to result 
in solid demand and we are continuing to seek volume growth on the 
back of our Academy, additions to the sales team and utilising an 
effective national operations platform.
The Group has demonstrated its capability to deliver a solid performance 
in more challenging conditions than the prior year. We continue to focus 
on our long-term growth strategy of development through targeted 
acquisitions, organic investment including significant investment in new 
fleet and improvement initiatives, supported by our strong financial 
position and confidence in NWF’s potential and prospects. 
Performance to date in the current financial year has been in line 
with the Board’s expectations. Overall, the Board continues to remain 
confident about the Group’s prospects. 
Chris Belsham
Chief Executive Officer
30 July 2024
Thank you
On behalf of the Group, I would like to thank Philip Acton for his 
outstanding service and contribution to the business over the 
last 11 years. Philip joined the Board in 2013 and became the 
Chair in 2017. In recent years, he kindly agreed to extend his 
tenure to assist the executive leadership succession and we have 
greatly benefitted from his support and counsel. We wish Philip 
all the best for the future when he steps down from the Board 
at the AGM.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
9
Financial statements
Shareholder information
ESG framework
Overview
Strategic report

Chris Belsham (CB) was appointed to the Board in 2017 and succeeded 
Richard Whiting as Chief Executive Officer on his retirement this year. 
Katie Shortland (KS) joined the Group as Chief Financial Officer, bringing 
with her a wealth of experience across a number of industries including 
infrastructure, engineering and manufacture. The Executive Leadership 
Team, comprising Chris, Katie and the Managing Directors of the 
businesses, have defined the Group’s purpose as ‘connecting essential 
suppliers with their customers’. This year they have introduced a Group 
vision and values being Collaboration, Courage, Care and Challenge. 
For further details see page 4.
The year has seen a normalising effect within the Fuels and Feeds 
business, alongside expansion into a new warehouse within the Food 
business. Chris and Katie strive for excellence in their ambitions for the 
Group, so we’ve put a number of questions to them to understand how 
the Group will change under their leadership.
Q
How is the strategy going to change under 
the new leadership team?
CB
The strategy of the Group is twofold. Firstly, each of our 
businesses is aiming to be a leader and the number one 
benchmark in each of the markets in which they operate. 
This will be achieved through continuous improvement 
and change initiatives. 
Secondly, we will deploy capital into both organic and 
inorganic step change growth opportunities which give 
us the best return on investment, and build on our existing 
core competencies.
Q
What is the overall future investment 
strategy for the Group?
CB
Currently, we believe the best return on investment will be 
achieved through continuing to consolidate the fragmented 
fuels distribution market and through supporting customer 
demand in our Food business through further investment 
in new warehousing or a target acquisition. 
Q
What is your required rate of return 
on investments?
KS
Across the Group, we will continually assess opportunities 
that are both organic and inorganic and will allocate capital 
accordingly. Each investment may differ in terms of the nature 
and timing of the outlay and will be evaluated on individual 
merit as well as assessing the overall cost and risk to the 
Group. Typically, we will look to achieve a rate of return 
comfortably above our internal cost of capital with the most 
recent Lymedale warehouse reflecting a 20% IRR. Additionally, 
our most recent Fuels acquisitions have reflected a 6–7x EBIT 
multiple. With a continued strong balance sheet of £85.4 million 
net assets, we continue to review our investment opportunities.
Q
What is your approach to funding 
requirements?
KS
With total assets across the Group of £237.7 million, NWF has 
a strong baseline for investment growth. In addition to this, 
the business generates a strong cash conversion through its 
operating activities and has access to key funding facilities 
to support continued investment, leaving it in a very positive 
position to support business and dividend growth.
Chris Belsham
Chief Executive Officer
Katie Shortland
Chief Financial Officer
Our CEO and CFO answer questions 
on our opportunities in the next year
Q&A
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
10
Strategic report

Q
Please tell us more about the normalisation 
you have seen in the year on margins in 
Fuels and Feeds?
CB
Our Fuels business benefits when there is market concern 
regarding security of supply. Generally this is caused by 
a weather event which results in short periods of elevated 
margins. In recent years both the Covid-19 pandemic and 
then the conflict in Ukraine caused an extended period of 
concern around supply of fuel which supported Group 
margins. In the last financial year, supply conditions have 
been very stable, which resulted in the rapid normalisation 
of margins. 
Our Feeds business similarly benefitted from a rapid rise 
in the milk price in the summer of 2022, which led to 
significantly higher margins in the business. The milk price 
has subsequently declined to more normal levels, resulting 
in the normalisation of Feeds margins in the second half 
of FY23 and thereafter.
Q
Whilst inflationary pressures have started to 
ease, have you seen any continuing short-
term cost pressures, e.g. around leasing?
KS
As a specialist distributor the Group has 358 vehicles, of which 
over 98% are leased. The leases across the businesses vary 
marginally but will typically be for five to seven years. With the 
continuation of high increases in interest rates since autumn 
2022, this has led to an increase in vehicle cost and associated 
lease cost. The Group continues to look for ways to manage 
this cost pressure through the phasing of fleet renewal, the 
extension of lease terms, managing the number of leased 
trucks and reviewing other cost efficiency activities.
Q
Please tell us more about the commonalities 
between the three businesses?
CB
All of our businesses provide a critical service connecting 
customers and suppliers, who otherwise would be unable 
to trade directly with each other. In our Fuels and Feeds 
businesses we enable large suppliers to distribute their 
products efficiently to individually small customers. In Food 
we enable food manufacturers and importers to integrate 
with the supply chain of large retailers.
Q
What are the barriers to entry to the markets 
in which the Group operates?
CB
All of our businesses require scale, a well invested asset base, 
deep sector knowledge and operational capability.
Q
What progress have you made on the 
Group’s energy transition during the year?
KS
With our last year’s report reflecting our first year of CFD 
reporting we continue to focus on this as a business to 
improve our maturity of thinking, discussion and planning 
across the Group. We have refined this further this year with 
some subtle changes across our risk and opportunities as 
well as consideration of the financial impacts of each risk or 
opportunity. In the more near term we continue to monitor 
any changes in regulations regarding energy transition 
to ensure our strategy remains appropriate.
Q
The Group continues to focus on its people 
and being skilled for growth; how does the 
people strategy play into the overall 
refreshed strategy? 
CB
The continued success and development of our Group is 
dependent on having a highly motivated and skilled team 
of colleagues operating across all three of our businesses. 
The focus in the next 12 months is to train our managers 
throughout the Group to be more effective in leading teams 
and delivering operational improvement.
	 Fuels
£7.9m
	 Food
£3.7m
	 Feeds
£2.6m
Headline operating profit 
at segmental level
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
11
Financial statements
Shareholder information
ESG framework
Overview
Strategic report

Focused on value creation
Supported by our ESG strategy
Create 
a culture
of safety
Invest
in our people
Build
strong partnerships
Respect
the environment
  Read more about our ESG strategy on page 27
Business model
Creating 
shareholder 
value
O
rg
a
ni
c 
gr
o
w
th
A
cq
ui
si
ti
on
s
Ca
pi
ta
l 
in
v
es
t
m
en
t
C
h
an
ge
 M
an
ag
e
m
e
nt
Pe
op
le
 &
 C
ul
tu
re
D
at
a 
& 
T
ec
h
n
ol
og
y
Be
in
g 
O
ur
 B
es
t
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
12
Strategic report

The value we create
Where we do it
Fuels
Food
Feeds 
Customers
Excellent service provided to over 
111,525 customers across the Group, 
our number one priority.
Total customers
111,525
(2023: 104,250)
Suppliers
Our partnerships with suppliers are 
vital to ensure we meet all stakeholder 
needs and play an essential role 
in our business.
  Read more about our engagement 
with suppliers on page 45
Environment
We recognise that we operate in 
industries that can have a significant 
impact on the environment and that 
we have a responsibility to minimise 
its impact.
  Read more about our ESG policies on 
pages 36 and 37
Shareholders
Total shareholder return by the 
continued profitable development of 
our businesses through a combination 
of organic growth, capital investment 
and selective acquisitions.
Total dividend per share
8.1p
(2023: 7.8p)
  Read more about our engagement with
shareholders on page 46
•	 Industry leading customer service 
from 27 depots across the UK
•	 Scale delivers efficiency and value for 
commercial and domestic customers
•	 Delivery flexibility focusing on 
delivering to oil users who have 
experienced a run-out
•	 Supply agreements with major oil 
companies for security of supply 
and competitive pricing
•	 Market leading national ambient 
grocery consolidation service
•	 High service levels
•	 Efficient warehousing and transport 
delivering a value proposition for 
food manufacturers and importers
•	 High warehouse and vehicle 
asset utilisation
•	 Key nutritional advisor to over 4,400 
ruminant farmers across the UK
•	 Technical support for farmers to 
improve yields and farm profitability
•	 Manufacture of high quality products 
•	 High asset utilisation of mills and blend 
sheds delivering value to customers
•	 Efficient transport fleet delivering 
direct to farm
Future strategy
•	 M&A – continued consolidation through 
bolt-on and larger transactions
•	 Optimising our sales 
model for commercial 
and domestic markets
•	 Development of national accounts
•	 Optimising efficiency and lower cost 
to serve through fleet management
•	 Energy transition e.g. HVO
•	 Continued growth and development 
of customer pipeline
•	 Further warehouse expansion 
supported by customer demand
•	 Targeted M&A to deliver national 
operational footprint 
and associated efficiency
•	 Utilise national operations platform
•	 Increase market share through 
continued investment in the 
NWF Academy
•	 Increase product range offering 
to existing customer base
•	 Optimising our sales model for direct-
to-farm and wholesale customers
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Financial statements
ESG framework
Overview
13
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC

Fuels
Our strategy
Customers
107,000
(2023: 100,000)
Litres of fuel delivered
659m
(2023: 636m)
Fuel depots owned
27
(2023: 27)
People
319
(2023: 329)
Acquisitions
7
since 2019
Business review: Fuels
Fuels experienced a 
normalisation of margins this 
financial year. Commodities 
have been stable throughout 
and we had a mild winter. 
We have successfully 
managed our cost base 
throughout this period.”
Dave Walmsley
Managing Director, Fuels
M&A – continued 
consolidation through bolt‑on 
and larger transactions
Development of 
national accounts
Optimising our sales model 
for commercial and 
domestic markets
Optimising efficiency and 
lower cost to serve through 
fleet management
Energy transition e.g. HVO
1
2
3
4
5
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
14
Strategic report

Business KPIs
Review of the year
Fuels experienced more challenging market conditions than recent years, as 
customer concerns regarding the security of supply, which had commenced 
in the pandemic and continued through the start of the conflict in Ukraine, 
came to an end and the market experienced a year of stable supply and low 
volatility in the oil price. As expected, this led to a normalisation of market 
pricing and therefore margins. The second mild winter in a row reduced 
demand for heating oil which increased competition for commercial diesel 
and gas oil volumes with a corresponding further impact on market price 
and therefore margin. We responded to these market dynamics through 
targeting additional commercial volume whilst actively managing our 
cost base to optimise our sales team and size of our tanker fleet.
Volumes increased by 3.6% to 659 million litres (2023: 636 million litres). 
Revenue decreased by 10.5% to £677.8 million (2023: £757.2 million) as a 
consequence of lower oil prices. The average Brent Crude oil price in the year 
was $83 per barrel compared to $90 per barrel in the prior year. The volatility 
during the year was low with a high of $92 per barrel in September 2023 and 
a low of $75 per barrel in June 2023.
Headline operating profit was £7.9 million (2023: £12.9 million) as a 
consequence of a normalisation in the market and a stronger mix towards 
commercial volumes which results in a net profit of 1.2 pence per litre.
One trade and asset acquisition was completed in the last financial year: 
Geoff Boorman Fuels LLP (Kent) for £2.6 million in July 2023. This accretive 
acquisition adds 19 million litres of fuel to our business in a full year. The 
acquisition pipeline of active opportunities has significantly improved in 
recent months and this remains a focus for our development activity. Whilst 
we have a proven post-acquisition integration plan we are undertaking 
further improvement initiatives to drive more efficiency and value from 
acquisitions.
The Fuels business operates a network of 27 depots which service domestic 
and mainly SME commercial customers in the local area. We believe there is 
significant opportunity to grow this network and improve its efficiency by 
reducing the distance travelled for each delivery as we increase the depot 
density in a given region. The depot network also provides the opportunity 
to supply larger, more complex, commercial customers who require reliable 
service in multiple locations. As such, we continue to invest in enhancing the 
capabilities for the Fuels business, including investment in the tanker fleet, 
which we believe will improve efficiencies and provide a strong platform for 
continued growth through both acquisitions and organic volume growth.
With nearly 107,000 customers (2023: 100,000) being supplied across 
27 fuel depots in the year (2023: 27), Fuels operates in large and robust 
markets and, as a business, it has consistently proved it can effectively 
manage the impact of volatility in oil prices. The industry remains highly 
fragmented, with many small operators, which provides NWF with further 
opportunities to consolidate the market and increase its market share. 
We continue to closely monitor developments in biofuels such as HVO to 
ensure the business is well placed to participate in the energy transition 
of the UK economy.
Revenue
£677.8m
-10.5% 
Headline operating profit
£7.9m
-38.8% 
Volume (litres)
659m
+3.6%
23
757.2
23
12.9
22
621.1
22
17.2
24
677.8
24
7.9
23
636
22
663
24
659
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
15
Financial statements
Shareholder information
ESG framework
Overview
Strategic report

Food
Our strategy
Pallets stored
137,000
(2023: 122,000)
People
826
(2023: 785)
Trucks
154
(2023: 144)
Trailers
391
(2023: 320)
Business review: Food
Continued strong customer 
demand delivered a strong 
performance and supported 
the investment in the Lymedale 
warehouse expansion.”
Angela Carus
Managing Director, Food
Continued growth 
and development 
of customer pipeline
Targeted M&A to 
deliver national 
operational footprint 
and associated efficiency
Further warehouse 
expansion supported 
by customer demand
1
2
3
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
16
Strategic report

Business KPIs
Review of the year
Food delivered a strong performance improvement as a result of 
increased storage levels which supported a higher level of pallet 
throughput. As planned, the new business gained from existing and new 
accounts required the utilisation of overflow warehousing throughout the 
year. This was managed efficiently with a high level of service maintained 
for customers and additional costs to the business effectively controlled. 
The increased demand from customers supported the investment in the 
new warehouse at Lymedale, signed and announced in January 2024 
with the fit-out commencing immediately and progressing in line with its 
business plan to be partially operational by 31 May 2024 (and fully operational 
by autumn of FY25) to support the future growth of the business.
Revenue increased by 9.6% to £77.7 million (2023: £70.9 million). Storage 
overall was at an average of 137,000 pallets (2023: 122,000 pallets), 
with warehouses effectively utilised across the year. Demand for our 
customers’ products increased in spite of food inflation continuing 
through the year. Throughput was 6.0% higher than prior year whilst 
storage levels were up 12%, highlighting a positive overall increase 
in the stock turn of our customers’ products.
As a result of the Lymedale investment, the capacity of the Food 
business will increase by 52,000 pallets to a total of 187,000 owned 
pallets spaces, supporting strategic growth and ongoing demand from 
its customers for ambient grocery consolidation and distribution. The 
Group’s capacity was 100,000 pallet spaces prior to the opening of the 
Crewe warehouse in 2020.
The pipeline of new business from existing and new accounts continues 
to be strong and provides confidence in the prospects for the business. 
We continue to look for opportunities to service this customer demand, 
whether through further additional warehouse facilities or through 
targeted acquisitions.
Headline operating profit was £3.7 million (2023: £4.2 million). This 
included the ramp-up costs of £1.7 million in respect of the opening 
and fit out of the new warehouse at Lymedale.
Demand for our customers’ products continues to be stable and the 
outlook for most product categories handled by the business is resilient. 
The business operates in a competitive supply chain and needs 
to continually demonstrate the value and service that it provides 
to food manufacturers and importers. We are a leading specialist 
in consolidating ambient grocery products in the UK, with high 
service levels, industry leading systems and a consistent operating 
performance being the key components of the customer proposition.
Revenue
£77.7m
+9.6%
Headline operating profit
£3.7m
-11.9%
Pallets stored
137,000
+12.3%
23
70.9
23
4.2
22
62.6
22
2.8
24
77.7
24
3.7
23
122,000
22
118,000
24
137,000
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
17
Financial statements
Shareholder information
ESG framework
Overview
Strategic report

Feeds
Our strategy
Tonnes
499,000
(2023: 514,000)
People
252
(2023: 226)
Trucks
48
(2023: 39)
Trailers
14
(2023: 17)
Business review: Feeds
Normalised market 
conditions and effective 
operational management 
have created efficiencies, 
delivering a solid result.”
Andrew Downie
Managing Director, Feeds
Utilise national 
operations platform
Increase product range 
offering to existing 
customer base
Optimising our sales model 
for direct-to-farm 
and wholesale customers
Increase market share 
through continued investment 
in NWF Sales Academy
1
2
3
4
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
18
Strategic report

Business KPIs
Review of the year
Total feed volume decreased by 2.9% to 499,000 tonnes (2023: 514,000 
tonnes). This reflected the ideal grass growing conditions across the 
summer and autumn which provided farmers with significant forage 
stocks for the winter. This was partly mitigated by the wet winter and 
spring which extended the usual winter season demand into April. 
The overall ruminant market volume increased by 1.4%, according 
to DEFRA data.
Following extremely volatile prices in the prior year, FY24 saw very 
stable commodity prices with a basket of commodities1 only moving 
within a range of 15% in the year (2023: 29%). This volatility in the prior 
year was driven by uncertainty around the Ukraine war and its material 
impact on agricultural commodity markets.
Revenue was lower at £195.1 million (2023: £225.8 million) reflecting 
mainly lower commodity prices. Headline operating profit was 
£2.6 million (2023: £3.9 million) with the prior year having benefited 
from record high milk prices and volatility in commodity prices. 
With the normalisation in the market, and the significant increase 
in electricity costs, the business focused on effective management 
of both margin and the operational cost base.
We have continued investment in the NWF Academy in which new 
trainees engage on an 18-month structured training programme to 
become future NWF nutritionists. The Academy has recruited a fifth 
group to the programme, which has been well received across the 
industry. Graduates of the programme are now developing as 
successful nutritionists in our national sales team.
The average milk price for the year of 38.0p per litre compared to an 
average in the prior year of 46.9p per litre. The peak milk price in the 
year was 39.2p per litre compared to a record high of 51.6p per litre in 
the prior year. At the end of the financial year the milk price was stable 
at 38.1p per litre. Milk production was 0.8% lower at 12.3 billion litres 
(2023: 12.4 billion litres). 
Feeds has a very broad customer base, working with over 4,400 farmers 
across the UK. This base, and the underlying robust demand for milk 
and dairy products, results in a reasonably stable overall demand for 
ruminant feed deliveries in most market conditions.
1	
A basket of commodities consists of the weighted average raw material spot price for 
12 standard ingredients of a basic ruminant diet.
Revenue
£195.1m
-13.6%
Headline operating profit
£2.6m
-33.3%
Volume (tonnes)
499,000
-2.9%
23
225.8
23
3.9
22
194.9
22
1.8
24
195.1
24
2.6
23
514,000
22
528,000
24
499,000
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
19
Financial statements
Shareholder information
ESG framework
Overview
Strategic report

	 Fuels
55.6%
	 Food
26.1%
	 Feeds
18.3%
Group results
Group revenue decreased by 9.8% to £950.6 million (2023: £1,053.9 million) 
with revenue reflecting a normalised commodity position across Fuels and 
Feeds and an increase in activity levels in Food. Headline operating profit 
was £14.2 million, a decrease of 32.4% (2023: £21.0 million). Operating profit 
decreased by 30.6% to £14.3 million (2023: £20.6 million).
Financing costs increased by £0.4 million to £2.1 million, reflecting 
increases in IFRS 16 interest costs of £0.7 million to £1.3 million, offset 
with a decrease in interest on bank debt of £0.4 million to £0.4 million 
(2023: £0.8 million). Headline interest cover was 35.5x (excluding IAS 19 
net pension finance costs and IFRS 16 lease interest) (2023: 26.3x).
Headline profit before taxation decreased by 36.2% to £12.5 million 
(2023: £19.6 million). Profit before taxation decreased by £6.7 million 
to £12.2 million (2023: £18.9 million). There were £0.8 million of net 
exceptional items in the year (2023: £Nil).
The tax charge for the year was £3.1 million (2023: £4.0 million). The 
effective tax rate for the year was 25.4% (2023: 21.2%). The post-tax 
profit for the year was £9.1 million (2023: £14.9 million).
The headline earnings per share of 19.2p represented a decrease of 
38.9% (2023: 31.4p); diluted headline earnings per share decreased by 
38.7% to 19.2p (2023: 31.3p). The proposed full year dividend per share 
increased by 3.8% to 8.1p which reflects the Board’s confidence in the 
future prospects of the Group. The proposed dividend equates to 
a dividend cover ratio of 2.4x.
The finance costs in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme 
were £0.4 million (2023: £0.3 million). 
A strong balance sheet 
to enable growth
Summary
•	 Headline profit before tax of £12.5 million 
(2023: £19.6 million).
•	 Profit before tax of £12.2 million 
(2023: £18.9 million).
•	 Diluted headline EPS of 19.2p (2023: 31.3p).
•	 Net cash (excluding lease liabilities) of £10.0 
million (2023: £16.3 million).
•	 The balance sheet remains in a robust position 
with the Group cash positive at the year end, 
highlighting the resilience of the Group and 
providing significant capacity to support 
investment-driven growth.
Katie Shortland
Chief Financial Officer
Balance sheet summary
The Group increased net assets by £7.5 million to £85.4 million (2023: £77.9 
million) reflecting a profit for the year of £9.1 million (2023: £14.9 million) 
and a reduction in the pension deficit driven by the Company strategy.
Tangible and intangible assets increased by £6.8 million to £82.3 million 
as at 31 May 2024 (2023: £75.5 million) as a result of the Food warehouse 
expansion at Lymedale (£5.8 million), and the trade and assets of Geoff 
Boorman Fuels LLP in Fuels (£2.6 million). Right of use assets increased 
by £16.8 million to £45.9 million as a result of the Lymedale warehouse 
expansion. The depreciation (excluding IFRS 16 depreciation on right of 
use assets) and amortisation charges for the year to 31 May 2024 were 
£5.0 million and £0.9 million respectively (2023: £4.8 million and 
£0.6 million respectively).
Group level ROCE1 (based on headline operating profit) was 16.5% as 
at 31 May 2024 (2023: 27.6%) reflecting the profit achieved in year and 
the increased investment in the business.
Business results for the 
year ended 31 May 2024
Group financial review
Headline operating 
profit of £14.2 million, 
headline profit before 
tax of £12.5 million and 
net cash position of 
£10.0 million.”
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
20
Strategic report

Balance sheet as at 31 May 2024
2024
2023
£m
£m
Tangible and intangible fixed assets
82.3
75.5
Right of use assets
45.9
29.1
Net working capital
5.7
2.3
Current income tax assets
0.6
—
Reimbursement assets
1.8
1.7
Net derivative financial instruments
0.3
0.1
Net cash (excluding IFRS 16 lease liabilities)
10.0
16.3
Lease liabilities
(46.3)
(29.8)
Provision for liabilities
(3.3)
(2.7)
Current income tax liabilities
—
(0.8)
Deferred income tax liabilities
(7.1)
(4.2)
Retirement benefit obligations
(4.5)
(9.6)
Net assets
85.4
77.9
Cash flow and banking facilities
The closing net cash (excluding IFRS 16 lease liabilities) was £10.0 million 
(2023: net cash £16.3 million).
The cash impact of working capital movements was a cash outflow of 
£3.0 million. Net cash generated from operating activities and after IFRS 
16 lease payments was £11.0 million (2023: £22.6 million) representing a 
cash conversion ratio of 77.5% of headline operating profit (2023: 107.6%).
Net capital expenditure in the year at £9.7 million (2023: £2.2 million) 
was higher than the annual depreciation charge, excluding IFRS 16 
depreciation, of £5.0 million (2023: £4.8 million) largely due to the 
investment in the Lymedale warehouse.
The Group’s banking facilities, totalling £61.0 million, were renewed 
in May 2023 and are committed through to 31 May 2026 as a minimum 
with the exception of the bank overdraft facility of £1.0 million which is 
renewed annually. There remains substantial facility headroom available 
to support the development of the Group. Within the total facility 
of £61.0 million, the Group has an invoice discounting facility, the 
availability of which depends on the level of trade receivables available 
for refinancing and which is subject to a maximum drawdown 
of £50.0 million. In addition, the Group has agreed an accordion 
of £10.0 million on each invoice discounting facility and the revolving 
credit facility. The banking facilities are provided subject to ongoing 
compliance with conventional banking covenants against which the 
Group has substantial levels of headroom.
Net working capital increased by £3.4 million in the year. The Group’s 
inventories increased by £0.7 million to £8.1 million (2023: £7.4 million) with 
trade and other receivables increasing to £88.7 million (2023: £87.4 million) 
reflecting customer mix and a decrease in trade and other payables to £91.1 
million (2023: £92.5 million) as oil and commodity prices reduced.
Net cash (excluding lease liabilities) decreased by £6.3 million to £10.0 
million (2023: net cash £16.3 million), as a result of investment in business 
working capital movements driven by volume, timing and customer mix 
and a reduction in the pension scheme deficit.
The deficit of the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme decreased by 
£5.1 million to £4.5 million (2023: £9.6 million). The value of pension scheme 
assets increased by £3.3 million to £32.9 million (2023: £29.6 million) as 
a result of investment returns and contribution. The value of the scheme 
liabilities decreased by £1.8 million to £37.4 million (2023: £39.2 million). 
There was a decrease in the discount rate used to calculate the present 
value of the future obligations (2024: 5.25%; 2023: 5.35%). The discount rate 
is based on the yield available on AA rated corporate bonds, which 
decreased during the year.
Group results for the year ended 31 May 2024
2024
2023
£m
£m
Revenue
950.6
1,053.9
Cost of sales and administrative expenses
(936.3)
(1,032.9)
Headline operating profit¹
14.2
21.0
Net exceptional items
0.8
—
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
(0.7)
(0.4)
Operating profit
14.3
20.6
Financing costs
(2.1)
(1.7)
Headline profit before tax¹
12.5
19.6
Net exceptional items
0.8
—
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
(0.7)
(0.4)
Interest on the net defined benefit liability
(0.4)
(0.3)
Profit before taxation
12.2
18.9
Income tax expense
(3.1)
(4.0)
Profit for the year
9.1
14.9
Headline EPS¹
19.2p
31.4p
Diluted headline EPS¹
19.2p
31.3p
Dividend per share
8.1p
7.8p
Headline dividend cover¹
2.4
4.0
Headline interest cover
35.5
26.3
1	
Headline operating profit is statutory operating profit of £14.3 million (2023: £20.6 million) before 
exceptional items of £0.8 million (2023: £Nil) and amortisation of acquired intangibles of £0.7 
million (2023: £0.4 million). Headline profit before taxation is statutory profit before taxation of 
£12.2 million (2023: £18.9 million) after adding back the net finance cost in respect of the Group’s 
defined benefit pension scheme of £0.4 million (2023: £0.3 million), the exceptional items and 
amortisation of acquired intangibles. Headline EPS also takes into account the taxation effect 
thereon. Headline dividend cover is calculated using diluted headline EPS. ROCE is headline 
operating profit of £14.2 million over capital employed of £85.4 million.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
21
Financial statements
Shareholder information
ESG framework
Overview
Strategic report

Cash flow and banking facilities continued
Cash flow and banking facilities for the year ended 31 May 2024
2024
2023
£m
£m
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital and provisions
28.3
32.9
Working capital movements
 (3.0)
4.1
Net finance costs
(1.7)
(1.4)
Tax paid
(2.7)
(3.1)
Net cash generated from operating activities
20.9
32.5
Capital expenditure (net of receipts from disposals)
(9.7)
(2.2)
Capitalised costs associated with leases
(1.1)
—
Acquisition of subsidiaries – cash paid (net of cash acquired)
(2.6)
(9.5)
Net cash used in investing activities
(13.4)
(11.7)
Repayment of capital element of leases
(9.9)
(9.9)
Dividends paid
(3.9)
(3.7)
Net cash used in financing activities
(13.8)
(13.6)
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents
(6.3)
7.2
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
16.3
9.1
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
10.0
16.3
Going concern
The Group’s banking facilities, provided by NatWest Group, were 
renewed on 31 May 2023 are committed until 31 May 2026, which 
provides a credit facility of £61.0 million includes a £1.0 million overdraft 
that is renewed annually. The Group is profitable, cash generative, has a 
strong balance sheet position and a good relationship with its lender. 
As at 31 May 2024 the Group had available funds of £71.0 million (based 
on cash balances, invoice discounting availability, RCF and overdraft 
facilities), against which the Group was not utilised.
The Board has prepared cash flow forecasts for the period to 31 May 2026. 
Under this base case scenario, the Group is expected to continue to 
have significant headroom relative to the funding available to it and 
to comply with its banking covenants.
The Board has also considered a severe downside scenario based on 
a significant and sustained reduction in Fuels’ profitability alongside 
underperformance in Food and Feeds. This downside scenario excludes 
any mitigating actions that the Board would be able to take to reduce 
costs. Under this scenario, the Group would still expect to have 
sufficient headroom in its financing facilities.
Accordingly, the Directors, having made suitable enquiries, and based 
on financial performance to date and forecasts along with the available 
banking facilities, have a reasonable expectation that the Group has 
adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the 
foreseeable future. The Group therefore continues to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements.
Share price
The market price per share of the Company ’s shares at 31 May 2024 was 
190.5p (2023: 259.5p) and the range of market prices during the year 
was between 275.0p and 173.5p. 
Katie Shortland
Chief Financial Officer
30 July 2024
Group financial review continued
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
22
Strategic report

A robust risk 
management process
Risk management framework
The Board is ultimately responsible for the Group’s risk management 
framework. The risk management process involves the identification 
and prioritisation of key risks, and the development of appropriate 
controls and plans for mitigation, together with a comprehensive 
system of review. There are a number of ways in which risks are 
identified and assessed across the Group.
At a business level, the management teams are responsible for 
identifying and assessing new risks, as well as monitoring existing risks. 
Risks are assessed using consistent measurements of impact and 
likelihood. Changes to existing risks, the emergence of new risks and 
plans for mitigation are discussed at monthly management meetings 
held with the Executive Directors, and recorded in the respective 
business risk register, as appropriate. The business management 
teams are responsible for the maintenance of their risk registers. 
Each business risk register is reviewed twice a year by the 
Executive Directors.
At a Group level, there is a continuous process of considering risk. 
New and emerging risks are identified through the reviews conducted 
at a business level, the experience brought by the Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors and the engagement of certain external 
specialists in areas including IT security, health and safety, pensions, 
taxation and climate. As at business level, each risk is assessed based 
upon its impact and likelihood. The Group maintains a consolidated risk 
register whereby each recorded risk has a designated owner who is 
responsible for ensuring that effective controls are in place to mitigate 
the risk. The consolidated Group risk register is reviewed at least twice 
a year by the Audit Committee.
The Board obtains assurance that the risk management and related 
control systems in place are effective through a rolling programme of 
risk and controls testing across the Group and internal control updates 
to the Audit Committee at each meeting. Further details can be found 
on page 59. 
The transitional risk of climate change is considered to be a principal 
risk. Further information relating to both transitional and physical risks 
and opportunities of climate change can be found in our CFD reporting 
on pages 39 to 42.
As with all businesses, the Group is affected by a number of risks and 
uncertainties, some of which are beyond our control. The table overleaf 
shows the principal risks and uncertainties which could have a material 
adverse impact on the Group. This is not an exhaustive list and there 
may be risks and uncertainties of which the Board is not aware, or 
which are believed to be immaterial, which could have an adverse 
effect on the Group.
Identify risk
Business reviews
Executive and Non-Executive Directors
External specialists
Effective risk management aids decision making, underpins the delivery 
of the Group’s strategy and objectives and helps to ensure that the risks 
the Group takes are adequately assessed and actively managed. 
Assess risk
Impact
Likelihood
Respond
Avoid
Mitigate
Transfer
Implement mitigation
Controls
Designated owner
Review performance
Risk and controls testing
Updates to Audit Committee
Risk management framework
Principal risks and uncertainties
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
23
Financial statements
Shareholder information
ESG framework
Overview
Strategic report

1
Commodity prices and volatility 
in raw material prices 
2
Transitional risks of 
climate change
Risk description and impact
The Group’s Fuels and Feeds businesses operate in sectors which 
are vulnerable to volatile commodity prices both for fuel and for raw 
materials, which will impact performance if not passed on to customers.
The long-term profitability of our current businesses is more likely 
to be impacted by Government strategy and policy in relation to the 
decarbonisation of the economy, rather than as a direct impact of 
climate change. The view of the Board is that the main risk to the 
Group is a transitional risk as the Government introduces policies 
which could negatively impact the Group.
There are also potential additional costs to the Group, arising from the 
need to redesign and replace infrastructure as a result of ambitions 
towards decarbonisation.
Mitigating actions
The Group maintains close relationships with key suppliers, enabling 
optimal negotiation of prices, and where appropriate implements 
purchasing framework agreements. The Feeds business utilises forward 
contracts for key raw materials to ensure that the impact of volatility 
can be partially mitigated through committed prices and volumes.
Multiple sources of supply are maintained for all key raw materials.
The Directors monitor the regulatory environment on an ongoing basis 
to identify and anticipate changes in requirements which may impact 
the Group and also consider the impact on the financial statements.
Change
Commodity prices have not fluctuated significantly throughout the year 
and have been successfully managed.
Changes in the regulatory environment and focus on the decarbonisation 
of the economy may result in long-term risk to Group profitability.
Key risk indicator
•	 Brent Crude oil prices
•	 Raw material commodity prices
•	 Government consultations and ambitions towards decarbonisation
Governance oversight
The Executive team meets with the senior management teams in each 
business each month, to review and discuss performance, including 
consideration of the impact of input price volatility. Key prices are 
monitored daily with actions taken on customer price if required.
The Board is responsible for managing for the long-term transitional 
risks to the Group.
Risk impact key
  Increased 
  No change 
  Decreased 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
24
Strategic report

3
Pension scheme volatility
4
Infrastructure and IT systems 
Risk description and impact
Increases in the ongoing deficit associated with the Group’s defined 
benefit pension scheme would adversely impact the strength of the 
Group’s balance sheet and could lead to an increase in cash 
contributions payable by the Group.
IT system failures or business interruption events (such as cyber incidents) 
could have a material impact on the Group’s ability to operate effectively. 
Mitigating actions
The defined benefit pension scheme has been closed to new entrants 
since 2002 and closed to future accrual from April 2016. Regular 
meetings are held with both the scheme’s trustees and professional 
advisors to monitor and review the investment policy, the Group’s 
funding requirements and any other available opportunities to mitigate 
this risk.
The Group has internal IT support teams together with close 
relationships with key software vendors and consultants. Significant 
investment has been made by the Group in upgrading and maintaining 
its core IT systems in each of the three operating businesses following 
the cyber incident in a previous year. The Group employs a Chief 
Information Officer (‘CIO’) and has continued its relationship with 
its external Chief Information and Security Officer (‘CISO’).
Change
Remains a principal risk.
Remains a principal risk.
Key risk indicator
•	 RPI/CPI inflation rates
•	 Mortality rate assumptions
•	 Scheme asset performance
•	 IT investment as a proportion of Group operating profit
Governance oversight
The Executive team provides the Board with regular updates from 
meetings with the scheme trustees and advice taken from professional 
advisors. The Board meets with professional advisors once a year.
The Group Chief Information Officer (‘CIO’) and Chief Information and 
Security Officer (‘CISO’) provide regular updates to the Executive team 
and the Board.
Risk impact key
  Increased 
  No change 
  Decreased 
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
25
Financial statements
Shareholder information
ESG framework
Overview
Strategic report

Risk impact key
  Increased 
  No change 
  Decreased 
Principal risks and uncertainties continued
5
Non-compliance with 
legislation and regulations
6
Impact of weather on 
earnings volatility
7
Strategy development and 
change management 
Risk description and impact
The Group operates in diverse markets and 
each sector has its own regulatory and 
compliance frameworks which require 
ongoing monitoring to ensure that the Group 
maintains full compliance with all legislative 
and regulatory requirements. Any incident 
of major injury or fatality or which results 
in significant environmental damage could 
result in reputational or financial damage 
to the Group.
The demand for both the Fuels and Feeds 
businesses is impacted by weather conditions 
and the severity of winter conditions, which 
directly affect the short-term demand for 
heating oil and animal feeds. The inherent 
uncertainty regarding weather conditions 
represents a risk of volatility in the profitability 
of the Fuels and Feeds businesses.
Significant development of the Group is only 
achievable via a significant acquisition, several 
smaller transactions or material investment.
Mitigating actions
Expertise within the businesses 
is supplemented by ongoing advice from 
professional advisors and the involvement 
of the Head Office function which closely 
monitors existing business practices and any 
anticipated changes in regulatory practices 
or requirements. The Group employs 
appropriately qualified and experienced health 
and safety personnel and retains health and 
safety specialists to ensure compliance.
Whilst the Fuels business seeks to mitigate 
this risk through the provision of a range of 
fuels, including commercial fuels, there will 
always be volatility in the profitability of the 
Fuels business related to weather. The Feeds 
business seeks to mitigate the extent of 
weather conditions on the profitability of 
the business through its concentration on 
the key dairy sector where there is a strong 
underlying demand.
The Board maintains oversight of 
Group strategy development. The Group 
management team is engaged in ongoing 
review of competitor activity, development, 
acquisition and market opportunities. All 
potential investments are subject to a review 
of their ability to generate a return on capital 
employed and their strategic fit with the 
Group. The Group conducts appropriate 
internal and external due diligence prior 
to completing any acquisition.
Change
Remains a principal risk.
Remains a principal risk in Fuels and Feeds.
Remains a principal risk.
Key risk indicator
•	 Number of LTIs/RIDDORs
•	 Employee training hours
•	 Number of HMRC inspections
•	 Volatility of earnings
•	 Number and severity of weather events
•	 Performance of investments against 
business case
Governance oversight
Business Managing Directors are responsible 
for compliance with laws and regulations and 
provide regular updates to the Board via the 
Company Secretary.
The Executive team meets with the senior 
management teams each month, to review 
and discuss performance, including 
consideration of the impact of weather 
events on earnings volatility.
The Executive team performs periodic 
strategic reviews of the Group and presents 
these to the Board for discussion and debate.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
26
Strategic report

Refining our approach to ESG
Our ESG strategy was launched in 2020 after conducting a materiality 
assessment that looked at defining what mattered most to our stakeholders, 
both internally and externally. As outlined below, there are a number of material 
issues that have been defined against each pillar; these are our top priorities 
across the Group and where we feel we can have the greatest impact.
We’ve had continued strong engagement with the strategy and we have been 
strengthening our approach to effectively deliver results against our targets. 
Key to this has been building a strong governance mechanism.
Strategic objectives
Sustainability governance
Strengthening our approach to how we govern sustainability has 
been a primary focus for the Group this year. We believe that by 
building the right structures across the business it will help improve 
progress against our long-term ambitions, ensure the quality of 
our sustainability reporting and also encourage our employees 
to do more for good. 
The Board has overall responsibility for, and provides oversight of, 
the Group’s sustainability performance. This includes the approval of 
targets and KPIs to measure progress and to ensure the correct level 
of funding and resourcing is provided to ensure the Group achieves 
consistent results across all four sustainability pillars. 
The ESG Steering Committee consists of representatives from across 
all three businesses and it is responsible for implementing the 
Group’s sustainability strategy. Key responsibilities include 
identifying and implementing new initiatives, providing training and 
support to areas of the business that need upskilling and monitoring 
data to ensure progress is being achieved. 
The ESG Steering Committee is also responsible for creating separate 
working groups which use their expertise to drive improvements and 
progress sustainability initiatives within the Group. 
Create a culture 
of safety
People material issues:
•	 Employee engagement
•	 Training and development
•	 Diversity and inclusion
Environment material issues:
•	 Operating responsibly
•	 Climate change and carbon
Safety material issues:
•	 Safety first
•	 Road risk management
•	 Fleet management
Partnerships material issues:
•	 Customer relations
•	 Supply chain management
•	 Community relations 
Respect the 
environment
Build strong 
partnerships
Invest in 
our people
ESG
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
27
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

ESG continued
A requirement when forming this Committee was to ensure it included 
the appropriate mix of skills, experience, operational and commercial 
knowledge to address the ESG risks and opportunities relevant to NWF. 
We recognise that to realise the full value from our sustainability 
strategy, we must continue to identify opportunities, develop initiatives 
and embed these throughout our businesses and operations with 
progress regularly reported back to the Board; the ESG Steering 
Committee plays a key role in achieving this.
The Chief Executive Officer has been delegated the responsibility 
for climate-related issues and the Group’s ESG strategy. The Chief 
Executive Officer briefs the Board on the work of the ESG Steering 
Committee. The Board has the ultimate responsibility for reviewing 
the appropriateness of climate risk management processes and 
controls in place within the Group.
Key achievements 
Through the ESG Steering Committee, we have progressed a number 
of workstreams during the year in order to improve the value added 
by our sustainability strategy. These workstreams have included:
•	 the enhancement of our health and safety culture and structure, 
through recruiting a Group HR Director responsible for setting 
and delivering an updated strategy through collaboration across 
the Group; 
•	 continued engagement with our businesses to measure the metrics 
that have been defined as the most relevant indication of 
performance against our four strategic pillars;
•	 engaging with our customers through the targeted use of surveys 
to understand the voice of our customers; and
•	 investment in people and their learning and development to create 
a motivated and sustainable workforce. 
Given the diverse nature of our three businesses, our focus, having 
already established relevant and appropriate metrics, has been to 
measure and understand them as we work towards setting targets to 
enable our ambitious 2040 net zero target. Our ESG update on pages 29 
to 43 comprises predominantly Group consolidated metrics, but we also 
include a number of business-specific measures where we have 
concluded these are more appropriate and insightful. 
Established monthly reporting for the three businesses continues 
to be presented alongside monthly management reporting, and more 
targeted quarterly reporting is delivered to the Executive Leadership 
Team (‘ELT’) via the ESG Committee. Furthermore, another significant 
area of focus for the ESG Steering Committee has been identifying, 
developing and progressing the key initiatives that will drive 
performance against these metrics. These are reported in further 
detail on pages 30 to 37.
Finally, we have further developed our ESG Roadmap, in which we 
reflect on our progress to date and begin to map out the work the Group 
plans to undertake over the next two years, and in the longer term, in 
order to make progress towards our 2040 ambitions. Our ESG Roadmap 
to 2040 is detailed on pages 30 and 31.
  For details of the Board see pages 50 and 51
•	 Chris Belsham, Chief Executive Officer
•	 Katie Shortland, Chief Financial Officer
•	 Dave Walmsley, Fuels Managing Director
•	 Angela Carus, Food Managing Director
•	 Andrew Downie, Feeds Managing Director
•	 Tom Harland, Company Secretary
•	 Matt Stanbury, Group HR Director
•	 Samantha Douglas, Group Financial Controller
Targeted actions
Board
ESG Committee
Executive Leadership Team
Fuels
Food
Feeds
The ESG Steering Committee meets regularly and includes the following individuals:
28
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

What we have achieved so far
The Group has made significant progress on its ESG framework in 2024.
Create a culture of safety
The health, safety and welfare of our employees and the 
wider community are a top priority in our operations across 
all of our businesses. Our safety practices are overseen by 
the Group HR Director and the Health and Safety Officers, 
who are assisted by the engagement of specialist external 
advisors. Regular audits are undertaken as well as internal 
monthly and external annual reporting to the Board. 
Whilst the incidence of RIDDOR reportable accidents has 
decreased year on year, our aim is to reduce this further. 
  For more information see page 32
Invest in our people
Our long-term success is dependent upon our people. 
We are committed to building a workforce for the future 
where our people are healthy and happy and can fulfil their 
potential. We recognise that engaged employees, who feel 
valued, are crucial to our business, and it also means they 
continue to be motivated and deliver the best possible 
service to our customers. 
  For more information see pages 33 and 34
Build strong partnerships
The strength of our partnerships is at the heart of every 
decision we make. We continue to seek new ways to 
collaborate and innovate with our customers and suppliers 
to deliver long-term sustainable value. 
  For more information see page 35
Respect the environment
We strive for continual improvement when it comes 
to our environmental performance, monitoring carbon 
emissions and waste across our supply chain and 
promoting a healthy environment.
  For more information see pages 36 and 37
Group OTIF 
Number of RIDDORs
7
-58.8%
Employee net promoter score
6.8
No change
Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions (tCO2e)
29,879
+1.7% 
23
17
23
6.8
23
29,374
22
9
22
6.0
22
30,062
21
30,699
21
12
24
7
24
6.8
24
29,879
90.8%
+4.8%
2023: 86.0%
2022: 82.9%
ESG framework
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
29
Shareholder information
Financial statements
Overview
Strategic report

ESG continued
Strategic objectives
Create a culture of safety
Build strong partnerships
Invest in our people
Respect the environment
2020 baseline metrics
•	 Committed to four long-term ESG ambitions including a 
net zero target.
•	 Enhanced reporting of our key ESG reporting measures across 
four strategic objectives.
•	 Specific ESG initiatives developed.
•	 Development of the measurement of our metrics.
•	 Embedded ESG Steering Committee. 
•	 Enhancement of our CFD disclosures.
•	 Introduction of our Group-wide Supplier Code of Conduct.
•	 Continued improvement of our near miss reporting and in 
embedding a culture of safety. 
•	 Measurement of employee and customer NPS score.
Key achievements
•	 A renewed focus on health and safety following the successful 
recruitment of a Group HR Director. Health and safety teams 
across the businesses are now working in close collaboration 
to drive a refreshed strategy and improve the score of key 
safety metrics. A near miss reporting tool has been rolled 
out successfully across the Group to support this.
•	 We have measured the diversity of our colleague population to 
support with the creation of a diversity and inclusion policy.
•	 RIDDORs have reduced by 58.8%.
•	 100% of our fleet met EURO 6 standards.
•	 Achievement of B Corp accreditation in Food.
  For more information on our ESG initiatives see pages 30 to 37
•	 Embed a refreshed people and health and safety strategy 
following the recruitment of the Group HR Director.
•	 Deliver a robust management training programme to all levels 
of our manager colleagues throughout the Group.
•	 Development of our CFD disclosures.
•	 Embed ESG initiatives within the NWF business model.
•	 Continued investment in fleet and trialling of emerging 
technologies.
•	 Creation of a diversity and inclusion policy. 
•	 Implementation of new learning and development programmes 
for our people.
Key targets 
•	 Aim to reduce number of road accidents, lost time injuries 
and RIDDORs from current reported metrics, embedding 
a behavioural safety approach to encourage positive, 
open dialogue about safety in all our operations.
•	 Maintain and improve OTIF scores and, having provided 
our Supplier Code of Conduct to our suppliers, ensure this 
is maintained and provided to all new suppliers.
•	 Roll out further employee engagement surveys and identify key 
areas to improve employee satisfaction and wellbeing. Develop 
our diversity and inclusion strategy. Set a target for our net 
promoter score by business.
•	 To focus on driver behaviour to improve miles per gallon (‘MPG’).
Our ESG Roadmap to 2040
Our sustainability progress and future goals
Critical to our success in meeting our overall ESG target of meeting net zero by 2040 
is collaboration between our businesses and key stakeholders. Our focus in the next 
reporting period will be to define key milestone targets and start to understand how 
we define and measure our Scope 3 emissions.
Where are we now?
What will we do over the 
next two years?
•	 1,517 driver training hours in Food. Improved to 8,989 in 2024.
•	 17 RIDDORs. Now at 7 at 31 May 2024.
•	 18 Feeds Academy trainees. Total trained to date 46.
•	 Total emissions of 31,533 tCO2e.Decreased by 5.2% to 31 May 2024.
•	 21.21 tCO2e/sq ft1, reduced to 19.8 tCO2e/sq ft1 at 31 May 2024.
1	
tCO2e/year defined as tonnes of CO2 equivalent per year.
2024
2025
2026
30
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Continuously improving our offer 
to customers in Fuels
Within our Stoke depot, we launched a trial initiative, led by 
Dan Beckett (pictured), to re-evaluate every aspect of their 
operating model to tackle some of the challenges the industry 
faces head-on. We saw the six-month project outperform 
expectations and have reshaped the approach to domestic 
customers nationally on the strength of these results. 
Dan Busby said, ‘Challenging the status quo and hitting the 
reset button wasn’t easy to do, but we developed solutions from 
our ‘voice of the customer’ campaign and put the answers 
into practice’. 
Dan Beckett added, ‘Change is never easy but everyone approached 
this trial with such a positive attitude and we have yielded great 
results. We are fanatical about delivering great service!’.
Focus on: 
•	 Improve standards and policies, risk 
assessments and collaboration with 
our supply chain to maximise positive 
impacts for our stakeholders.
•	 Broaden our training and professional 
development programmes and wider 
employee wellness initiatives. 
•	 Continue to invest in the latest truck 
technology and fuel sources, and plan 
for renewable energy transition.
What are our medium- 
term commitments 
and ambitions?
2027>
ESG initiatives developed during 2024
Development of our 
Health and Safety Charter
  For more information regarding 
this see page 32
Development of our 
CFD disclosures
  For more information regarding 
CFD see pages 39 to 43
Enhancing our recording 
of metrics
  For more information on our ESG 
initiatives during 2024 see pages 32 to 37
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
31
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework
S
u
pp
li
e
rs
C
o
m
m
u
ni
t
y
E
m
pl
o
y
ee
s
En
vi
ro
n
m
en
t
S
h
ar
e
ho
ld
er
s
C
us
to
m
er
s
Zero harm 
Reduce accidents and incidents to a minimal 
level with a zero-harm target.
Opportunities for all
Deliver a culture of equality, diversity and 
inclusion supported by a programme of 
development in place for every employee.
Leverage business 
partnerships
Develop, test and adopt emerging technologies 
to support sustainable delivery and value 
for our customers.
Net zero emissions
Achieve net zero carbon emissions 
within our own operations by 2040.
Our 2040 ambitions

ESG continued
 Create a culture of safety
Implement a safety-first 
approach
We implement a safety-first approach in all 
activities and our 2040 ambition is to reduce 
accidents and incidents to a minimal level, 
with a zero-harm target. 
Focus on road safety
A common feature of our three businesses 
is their fleet and across the Group we operate 
over 350 commercial vehicles. Road safety 
for our employees and the general public is 
therefore of significant importance. All safety 
incidents, including personal injuries, product 
spills, road traffic accidents and near misses, 
are recorded and thoroughly investigated to 
identify the underlying causes and control 
weaknesses and learn from any errors. 
Health and safety information is reported 
to the Board monthly, with any incidents 
reported immediately and an improvement 
plan outlined. We continually work to improve 
our performance towards a goal of zero harm.
Progress in 2024
During the year, health and safety teams have 
been working in close collaboration across the 
Group, led by the Group HR Director, driving 
forward our commitment to ensuring a 
zero-harm working environment. 
The following initiatives are examples of the 
progress we have made in championing safety 
across the Group:
•	 Near miss reporting has been implemented 
across the Group and is now being 
measured. 
•	 Feeds achieved its ISO 14001 and Fuels 
retained its compliance status. Food 
is working towards accreditation.
•	 Fuels maintained its ISO 45001 and 
9001 ratings.
•	 All of our non-electric fleet is 
EURO 6 compliant.
•	 Food maintained its BRCGS supply chain 
assurance AA rated standard.
•	 Regular health and safety audits 
of key locations by both internal and 
external parties.
•	 Food maintained its accreditation as a 
member of the ‘Driver Vehicle and Standards 
Agency Earned Recognition’ scheme.
•	 Monthly reporting to the Board with an 
annual review by external advisors.
The Group monitors accidents and injuries 
in line with the Reporting of Injuries, Diseases 
and Dangerous Occurrences Regulations 2013, 
and the number of reportable incidents across 
the Group in the year ended 31 May 2024 was 7 
(2023: 17).
Our 2040 ambitions 
Zero harm
Reduce accidents and incidents 
to a minimal level with a 
zero-harm target
Number of accidents per 1m km 
7.29
2023: 7.14
2022: 3.81
Number of driver training hours 
per year 
12,545
2023: 10,225
2022: 7,034
LTIs 
4.5
2023: 16.1
2022: 23.1
RIDDORs 
7
2023: 17
2022: 9
The future of our Group
Matt Stanbury joined the Group in January 2024 as Group HR Director. He says: 
‘It’s an exciting time to be joining the business, with a refreshed strategy with a strong 
focus on our people. Our vision is to train and retain the best talent in the market 
and to create specialist skills delivered through exceptional behaviours, equipping 
our colleagues to be the best in their area, so that our customers get the elite 
service they deserve ’.
Matt continued: ‘Recognising our people have a proven track record of excelling 
in challenging conditions, our focus will be on creating an ‘NWF Group standard’ 
which our management teams will utilise to equip our colleagues with the best 
skills to enable them to drive performance and efficiency across the Group. 
Our newly created values (see page 4) will underpin this element of our people 
strategy. I believe by building strong foundations in the HR and health and safety 
functions of the businesses, we make a commitment to our people that we are 
investing in them and in turn they will amaze our customers!’.
By unifying communication and education and utilising new software systems 
across all the businesses, the Group’s health and safety performance is yielding 
results. Matt concludes: ‘This is a great new chapter for the Group and the 
investment in our people will bring tangible results’.
Focus on:
32
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

 Invest in our people
Progress in 2024 
Engagement with our employees remains 
paramount to our success.
The following initiatives demonstrate the 
outcomes of engagement with our employees 
and further development of ESG initiatives to 
develop our people and promote wellbeing 
across the Group:
•	 We have continued our regular programme 
of free fitness classes provided by a local 
team of personal trainers in our on-site 
studio at Wardle and Crewe. We have further 
invested in equipment to enhance the 
performance and quality of these sessions. 
We have also invested in and updated our 
gym app which provides access to virtual 
workouts for all our colleagues working 
across our various locations.
•	 The Group continues to undertake employee 
surveys and in 2022 we rolled out the first in 
a new programme of Group-wide employee 
engagement surveys. The third annual 
survey took place in spring 2024. The overall 
engagement survey score has remained 
in line with prior year at 6.8 with a strong 
participation rate highlighting that our 
colleagues voices continue to be valued.
•	 Our Feeds Sales Training Academy 
continues to thrive in its fifth year and 
to produce the Feeds advisors of the future. 
The Fuels Aspire programme welcomed 
its second cohort, developing the future 
managers and leaders of the business. 
•	 Our Food business was named winner of the 
‘Employer of the Year’ award at the Cheshire 
Chamber of Commerce Business Awards, 
reflecting the significant progress that has 
been made to develop the culture of 
the business.
•	 Our Food business celebrated its 
60th anniversary during the year with 
a celebration day for all employees held 
in June 2024.
•	 Across the Group we celebrated 352 
employees (2023: 320 employees) with 
over ten years’ service, equivalent to 24.8% 
of our employees.
Our 2040 ambitions 
Opportunities 
for all 
Deliver a culture of equality, 
diversity and inclusion supported 
by a programme of development in 
place for every employee
Learning and development 
expenditure 
£0.2m
2023: £0.3m
2022: £0.3m
Voluntary labour turnover 
15.7% 
2023: 17.0%
2022: 24.4%
Employee NPS 
6.8
2023: 6.8
2022: 6.0
Collaborating with colleagues
Luke Armitage joined our Fuels business as Operations Director in May 2023. 
Luke states ‘A key aspect of driving operational excellence is harnessing the 
power of technology to unlock new opportunities for growth and stay ahead 
of the competition’. 
Luke believes collaboration has been instrumental in the success so far: 
‘By working closely with the other businesses within the Group, we’ve shared 
resources and expertise to mutual benefit; our collaboration led to the 
construction of new fuel tanks in Wardle, which serve the needs of all three 
businesses. Additionally, by partnering with the Food business, we’ve been able 
to access their workshop facilities to keep our vehicles in optimal condition, 
minimising downtime and ensuring reliable service delivery’. 
‘With a focus on safety, compliance, and customer satisfaction, we’re poised 
to achieve our goals and solidify our reputation as a leader in the industry’.
Focus on:
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
33
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

ESG continued
Case study – Innovation
Robotics supporting health and safety
In partnership with a German bionics company, our Food business 
has invested in two robotic suits, designed to support warehouse 
colleagues lifting during shifts. The robotic suits are worn like small 
backpacks and can add up to 30kg of lifting assistance to the lower 
back. Made with ultralight carbon fibre, the waterproof exoskeleton 
incorporates the unique AI-based Smart Safety Companion ergonomic 
early warning system to provide alerts of signs of poor posture and 
incorrect lifting practices in real time. This actively assists in 
preventing fatigue and resultant errors and potential injuries.
Danny Earp, Food Warehouse Operations Director, speaking about 
the new innovation, said: ‘Our aim is to provide a safe and secure 
work environment for our colleagues. We hope that this technology 
will reduce strain and stress and ultimately minimise personal 
injuries and incidents. Our colleagues work incredibly hard and 
we hope to maintain the same productivity levels while doing more 
to protect their backs while lifting’.
Focus on: Innovation
Robotic process automation
Throughout the year, the Food business has been looking 
at ways to utilise new technologies to increase accuracy 
and efficiency and remove manual processes. 
The team has worked with an external expert to 
implement automation processes using a software robot 
technology, robotic process automation (‘RPA’). Initially, 
RPA was introduced in customer services, which helped 
increase data accuracy and turnround time for processing 
customer information. 
Food Finance Director Alex Hall comments: ‘We now 
have a dedicated team of colleagues to enable us to 
identify and roll out the next phase of innovative use of 
RPA technology across our business, further enhancing 
our customer and supplier experience ’.
Invest in our people continued
34
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

 Build strong partnerships
Customer relationships
We want to gain a deeper understanding of 
our customers’ needs so we can continue to 
offer them more choice, better quality and 
improved standards, as well as great value.
The following initiatives demonstrate how we 
are seeking to improve engagement with our 
customers across the Group:
•	 All three businesses have undertaken 
surveys to assess their customer NPS, 
enhancing our understanding of our 
customer base and allowing us to further 
develop strategies to retain and grow 
our business.
•	 Fuels developed its customer offering 
through trialling new and innovative ways 
of working in its Stoke depot. For further 
details, please see page 31.
•	 Following a rigorous assessment phase, 
Food achieved its B Corp certification. 
For further details, please see page 43. 
•	 Food has employed a new Commercial 
Director to support the delivery of strategic 
objectives, following the growth into the 
new Lymedale warehouse. 
•	 Food has continued to encourage its 
customers to remove waste from the supply 
chain and participate in the FareShare 
initiative, delivering over 49,000 tonnes 
of food that would have otherwise 
gone to landfill.
•	 Feeds is supporting farmers with reducing 
carbon emissions through development of 
its new fusion range of products. For further 
details, please see page 37.
Supply chain management
It is critical to NWF that we work together with 
suppliers to promote responsible business 
practices. We continue to utilise our now 
established supplier due diligence process 
and the Supplier Code of Conduct. Following 
roll out in 2023, all new suppliers are issued 
with the Code. Our Supplier Code of Conduct 
codifies our commitment to conducting our 
business sustainably, responsibly and to the 
highest professional and ethical standards and 
formally establishes the minimum standards 
that must be met by any entity that supplies 
products or services to the Group. 
Furthermore, the following ESG initiatives have 
been pursued during the year:
•	 Fuels has continued to distribute its 
lower carbon part-renewable HVO30 
and HVO100 product to commercial and 
agricultural customers.
•	 Following the outcome of the customer 
survey within Fuels, and working in 
conjunction with our ERP provider, 
enhancements to the existing technology 
have been made. 
•	 Our Feeds business continues to work with 
suppliers to create a range of compound 
feeds which do not contain soya or palm 
kernel, which has been launched under 
the ‘Sustain’ range of feeds.
•	 We took ownership of an electric truck in 
our Food business during the year, using it 
to support the Palletline business in FY24. 
Expansion of our use of electric vehicles is 
expected in our Food and Feeds businesses.
Our 2040 ambitions 
Leverage 
business 
partnerships 
Develop, test and adopt 
emerging technologies to 
support sustainable delivery 
and value for our customers
OTIF
Fuels 
82.8% 
2023: 71.5%
2022: 65.7%
Food 
97.9% 
2023: 96.4%
2022: 96.7%
Feeds 
91.7% 
2023: 90.2% 
2022: 86.2%
Use of technology in finance – 
Fuels and Food
Collaboration between the businesses has paid 
dividends this year with Food partnering with its sister 
company Fuels to utilise their existing software for 
enhancing and automating the invoice approval 
process. The software reads key information from the 
invoices, applying coding and approval information 
that is then uploaded to the ERP system. This new 
approach has significantly reduced the amount 
of paper used in the business and improved 
the efficiency of the approval process.
Fuels Finance Director Erica Parkinson commented: 
‘This collaboration is a great example of leveraging 
knowledge and expertise across the Group and 
enhancing both businesses’ capabilities’.
Focus on: Collaboration
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
35
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

ESG continued
 Respect the environment
Our approach to CFD
Climate-related Financial Disclosures (‘CFD’) 
require companies to identify, measure, 
quantify and report upon the risks and 
opportunities of climate change. Last year 
we presented our first CFD disclosures, in 
compliance with The Companies (Strategic 
Report) (Climate-related Financial Disclosure) 
Regulations 2022 and Sections 414C, 414CA 
and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006 to 
place requirements on certain publicly quoted 
companies and large private companies to 
incorporate CFD-aligned climate disclosures 
in their annual reports. Our CFD Report can 
be found on pages 39 to 42. 
Below we set out the pillars of CFD and 
our approach:
Our 2040 ambitions 
Net zero emissions
Achieve net zero carbon emissions within our own operations by 2040
MPG
Fuels 
9.76
2023: 9.72
2022: 7.76
Food 
10.44
2023: 10.44
2022: 10.32
Feeds 
6.82
2023: 6.70
2022: 6.85
Fleet meeting EURO 6 standards
100%
2023: 97%
2022: 94% 
Average age of fleet 
3.18 years
2023: 3.47 years 
2022: 3.14 years
Pillars
Recommended disclosure
NWF alignment
Further information
Governance
Disclosure of governance 
structures, oversight and 
management processes 
in place to manage 
climate-related risks 
and opportunities.
•	 Responsibility for climate-related issues and our ESG strategy is 
held by our CFO.
•	 The Board has overall responsibility for reviewing the risk management 
processes and controls in place within the Group and ensuring that 
they are appropriate, which includes climate-related and ESG risk.
•	 Our ESG Steering Committee is responsible for reviewing 
performance against our KPIs and monitoring the progress of 
climate/ESG-related initiatives.
Corporate Governance 
Statement on pages 53 
to 58.
ESG framework on 
page 27.
Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties on pages 
23 to 26.
Strategy
Disclosure of the actual 
and potential impacts of 
climate-related risks and 
opportunities on the 
organisation’s businesses, 
strategy and financial 
planning where material.
•	 Further work has been completed to define our ‘Roadmap to 2040 ’ 
and embed climate/ESG-related issues within the Group’s 
long-term business model and strategy.
Q&A with Chief Executive 
Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer on 
page 10.
Business reviews on 
pages 14 to 19.
Roadmap to 2040 on 
pages 30 and 31.
Risk 
management
Disclosure of how the 
organisation identifies, 
assesses and manages 
climate-related risks.
The Group’s risk management programme, which assesses key risks 
and the required internal controls, is delegated to Directors and 
managers and is reviewed twice annually by the Audit Committee.
Principal risks, including climate-related risks, are identified and 
addressed using the risk management process detailed on pages 23 
to 26.
Climate-related risks and opportunities are set out on pages 40 and 41.
Principal Risks and 
Uncertainties on pages 
23 to 26.
Corporate Governance 
Statement on pages 53 
to 58.
Metrics and 
targets
Disclosure of the metrics 
and targets used to 
assess and manage 
relevant climate-related 
risks and opportunities 
where material.
The Group has outlined its long-term ambitions for 2040, 
which include a net zero target.
Our carbon emissions are disclosed in accordance with 
SECR requirements.
The Group has defined its KPI metrics for ESG reporting.
ESG framework on 
pages 27 to 43.
36
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Mitigating our carbon emissions
We are challenging ourselves to think differently, and by driving efficiencies across 
our operations we aim to minimise the amount of waste and plastics we produce, 
use resources more responsibly and ultimately protect the natural environment. 
Our current environmental initiatives include:
•	 where possible, electricity contracts are from 100% renewable energy sources;
•	 enhancing infrastructure through partnering with key customers in Food to 
install electric truck charging points;
•	 investment in low carbon diets within our Feeds business;
•	 solar panels have been installed on the warehouses at our Longtown mill; and
•	 a commitment to invest in a clean, modern and efficient fleet.
Reducing our carbon emissions
Our Feeds team continues to innovate to produce products which help its 
customers achieve higher milk yields, better cattle growth rate and higher lambing 
percentages. They work with their customers to provide the public with safe, high 
quality food with high welfare standards, produced in a sustainable manner. 
Paul Mardell, our Feeds Technical Development Manager, said: ‘We are working 
closely with our customers to meet the challenges and recognise the benefits 
of addressing public demand for reduced carbon products. Farmers are also 
recognising that reducing carbon emissions per litre of milk or kilogram of 
meat and improving efficiency and profitability are not mutually exclusive.’ 
He continued, ‘Our Carbon Reduction Project is aimed at driving carbon emission 
reduction throughout our supply chain, from sourcing and manufacturing, 
to use on farms. Focused training is provided to our sales teams, starting 
at our Academy, to ensure we are able to deliver quality advice to farmers’. 
But the Feeds’ Carbon Reduction Project doesn’t just stop at the farm gate; 
environmental and efficiency gains are being delivered across our mills, with 
wind energy generated through the Aspatria site and Longtown’s solar panels 
producing over 86,000 kWh of energy per year. 
Focus on:
Energy consumption
The Carbon Intensity Ratio 1 (tCO2e/commercial 
vehicle) and Carbon Intensity Ratio 2 (tCO2e/1,000 sq ft 
of warehouse and office space) have seen reductions 
by 0.4% and 8.2% respectively. This is due to the 
installation of LED lighting across our sites and depots 
and we continue to look for ways to reduce our energy 
consumption further.
Energy consumption
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
37
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

ESG continued
SECR Statement
We measure and report our energy and carbon data across the entire Group (Food, Fuels and 
Feeds), providing comprehensive data to substantiate our overall environmental impact. 
Our SECR Statement includes all emission sources required under the 
2019 regulations for the financial year ended 31 May 2024. Information 
regarding energy efficiency action taken during the year can be found 
on page 37. 
NWF Group generated 29,879 carbon dioxide equivalent tonnes (‘tCO2e’) 
of emissions during the year (2023: 29,374). 80% of this energy is 
consumed by making deliveries to customers using our transport fleet. 
Our transport fleet efficiency is a key part of our energy saving 
initiatives, looking for savings through more efficient driving, 
investment in clean modern vehicles and optimum routing.
We have chosen two carbon intensity ratios that reflect our business 
performance. Our carbon intensity ratio for the year ended 31 May 2024 
was 88.65 tCO2e per commercial vehicle (2023: 89.01), and 19.81 tCO2e 
per 1,000 sq ft of warehouse and office space (2023: 21.59), representing 
an 8.2% decrease on last year. This can be partly attributed to reduced 
electricity usage as a result of lower volumes of feed manufactured.
In order to calculate the carbon emissions, we have used the emission 
factors from the UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company 
Reporting 2023. One of the requirements of the SECR regulations is to 
report our total UK energy use in kilowatt hours (‘kWh’); for this we have 
used the 2023 conversion factors. The Scope 1 and 2 emissions reported 
are for all facilities across the Group under our operational control. This 
includes all distribution centres, manufacturing sites, oil depots and 
offices, plus fleet under our ownership. Scope 3 transport emissions 
relate to those emissions from employees who use their own or hire car 
vehicles in the course of business. Other fuel emissions include 
kerosene used for creating steam in feed manufacturing facilities and 
gas oil/LPG used to fuel on-site vehicles. As NWF Group is a UK-based 
company, it is not required to report any global activity emissions. 
Purchased electricity has been calculated based on location-based 
emissions factors. 
Carbon emissions (tCO2e) 1
2023/24
As restated 2
2022/23
As restated 2
2021/22
Transport (Scope 1)
23,871
23,058
23,218
Transport (Scope 3)
69
55
33
Purchased electricity (Scope 2)
3,898
4,108
4,639 
Other fuels (Scope 1)
2,041
2,153
2,172
Total emissions 
29,879
29,374
30,062
Carbon intensity ratio 1 (tCO2e/commercial vehicle)
88.65
89.01
91.10
Carbon intensity ratio 2 (tCO2e/1,000 sq ft of warehouse and office space)
19.81
21.59
22.09
Total UK energy usage (kWh) 
116,244,695
115,531,843
116,737,255
1	
tCO2e/year defined as tonnes of CO2 equivalent per year.
2	 Prior year carbon intensity ratio 1 and carbon intensity ratio 2 have been restated to reflect updated information received after the year end date.
Fleet management
Across our businesses we promote sustainable 
logistics, investing in clean fleet and energy 
initiatives to achieve this. In addition, our strategy to 
maximise fleet capacity to minimise empty running 
miles provides the best environmental solution 
across all our businesses.
38
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

CFD
Our approach to CFD
NWF recognises the potential positive and negative impact that it can 
have on the environment from its manufacture and distribution 
activities and has committed to reaching net zero on carbon emissions 
by 2040. The steps the Group is currently taking to meet this ambitious 
target include installation of solar panels, utilisation of electric vehicles 
within our fleet and continuous review of new fuels in the marketplace. 
We have also completed projects to enhance the MPG achieved per 
truck to reduce our carbon emissions without the use of new 
technology.
We have produced CFD disclosures that align with the current TCFD 
requirements in compliance with The Companies (Strategic Report) 
(Climate-related Financial Disclosure) Regulations 2022 and Sections 
414C, 414CA and 414CB of the Companies Act 2006 that place 
requirements on certain publicly quoted companies and large private 
companies to incorporate TCFD-aligned climate disclosures in their 
annual reports, but recognise that further work is required for full TCFD 
disclosure requirements to be met. We continue to review the full 
disclosure framework and recognise that the level of granularity 
required as part of our disclosures will increase over time, and as such 
we will make appropriate enhancements to our current disclosures. 
Since our last report we have expanded our scenario analysis to include 
a more detailed qualitative assessment of the financial impact of our 
risks and opportunities.
We have considered how the full requirements of TCFD align to the UK 
Companies Act and have presented a ‘Non-Financial and Sustainability 
Information Statement’ that we have referenced as ‘TCFD’ throughout 
this report that focuses on the eight disclosure requirements as 
prescribed by the Companies Act. 
Governance
The Board is ultimately responsible for the Group’s risk management 
framework which includes both climate-related risks and opportunities. 
The risks and opportunities relating to climate change are identified, 
considered and managed at a business level, and consolidated at a 
Group level. Business unit management completes reporting which 
includes the climate-related risks and associated metrics, which are 
reviewed by an ESG Steering Committee. The ESG Committee is part 
of the Executive Leadership Teams remit, who review CFD reporting 
alongside the Group’s other environmental initiatives, its CFD 
disclosures. Reports detailing both our ESG and CFD metrics are 
reported on a quarterly basis, and initiatives tracked to improve our 
performance in this area. For further details of the structure of this 
Committee, please see page 28 and page 55.
The ESG Committee meets quarterly and includes the following individuals:
•	 the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer;
•	 the Group HR Director;
•	 the Company Secretary; 
•	 the Group Financial Controller; and 
•	 the Managing Directors for the Group’s three businesses 
(Fuels, Food and Feeds). 
  For more information see page 28
The Chief Executive Officer has been delegated the responsibility for 
climate-related issues and the Group’s ESG strategy. The Chief 
Executive Officer briefs the Audit Committee and Board three times per 
year on the work relating to ESG discussed by the Executive Leadership 
Team. The Board has the ultimate responsibility for reviewing the 
appropriateness of climate risk management processes and 
controls in place within the Group. 
Risk management
The transitional risk of climate change is considered a principal risk for 
the Group; therefore, it is governed in line with the Group’s overall risk 
management framework. For further details please see page 24. 
The risk management process involves the identification and 
prioritisation of key risks, the development of appropriate controls and 
the plans for mitigation. There are a number of ways in which risks 
are identified and assessed and managed across the Group.
At a business level, the management teams are responsible for 
identifying and assessing new risks, as well as managing existing risks. 
Risks are assessed using consistent measurements of impact and 
likelihood. Changes to existing risks, the emergence of new risks and 
plans for mitigation are discussed at monthly management meetings 
held with the Executive Directors, and recorded in the respective 
business risk registers, as appropriate. The business management 
teams are responsible for the maintenance of their business risk 
registers. Each business risk register is further reviewed twice a year 
by the Executive Directors.
At a Group level, there is a continuous process of considering risk. 
New and emerging risks are identified through the reviews conducted 
at a business level and the experience brought by the Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors. The Group maintains a consolidated risk 
register whereby each recorded risk has a designated owner who is 
responsible for ensuring that effective controls are in place to mitigate 
the risk. The consolidated Group risk register is reviewed at least twice 
a year by the Audit Committee. 
Historically, the risk identification process has reviewed how the Group 
will be impacted by Government strategy and policy in relation to the 
decarbonisation of the economy, rather than the direct impact of 
climate change. Over time, we will seek to further embed specific 
and material climate-related risks and opportunities into our risk 
management framework to ensure an integrated approach.
Strategy 
We have identified climate-related risks and opportunities over three 
time horizons which are defined below:
•	 short term: up to five years, in line with our forecasting cycle;
•	 medium term: five to ten years, when we anticipate that there will 
be further legislative changes to support and enable the transition 
to a lower carbon economy; and 
•	 long term: beyond ten years, which we reflect has implications 
for the Group’s long-term growth plans. 
The Group is comprised of three business units, which are each 
impacted by climate differently. There will be many value creation 
opportunities as the world transitions to a low carbon economy; 
however, the Group will also be exposed to physical and transition risks. 
We have identified a range of such risks and opportunities across 
different time horizons and indicated our resilience to the impact 
of these as listed in the table overleaf. 
Risk register and summary of climate 
scenario analysis results
Risk and opportunities identified at business level are consolidated 
and reviewed by the ESG Committee. Our established risk management 
process has been utilised to determine if a climate risk or opportunity 
may have a material impact using consistent measurements of impact 
and likelihood; for further details of this please see page 40. Those risks 
and opportunities determined to have a material impact are noted 
overleaf, and have been expanded in the current year to further review 
the impact in each of our qualitative scenarios.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
39
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Scenario analysis – ‘What if?’
Transition risk will crystallise as we move to a low carbon economy; we 
have, as a Group, not yet conducted an in-depth quantitative scenario 
analysis. However, we have considered the broader qualitative 
ramifications of climate change to our business model and the Group 
by considering two possible scenarios, which we deem at this stage to 
be a suitable and relevant baseline scenario set to work from. The time 
horizon we have considered our scenarios over is to 2040, in line with 
our commitment to achieving net zero.
Scenario A: Significant steps towards addressing climate 
change are taken, resulting in higher transition risks
In this scenario, we assume an early committed action by society to 
reduce global emissions in conjunction with policies and legislation 
immediately implemented towards a low carbon economy intensifying 
over time. This action is viewed as an effective way to limit global 
warming to less than 2°C in line with the Paris Agreement. 
Scenario B: Limited action towards addressing climate 
change leading to potentially higher physical risks 
In this scenario, consumer preferences do not shift and/or policies to 
address climate change are not implemented sufficiently, resulting in 
ambitions falling behind Paris Agreement targets and resulting in an 
increase in global temperatures above 3°C, with associated sea level 
rises and extreme weather changes. 
We have already conducted the initial stages of research into the 
broader physical impacts of sea level rises and increased flooding in 
line with the leading consensus from the IPCC (2021). In this scenario, 
we see an impact in both our supply chain and low lying depots, 
which are at risk of flooding. 
As the Group gains more experience with qualitative scenario analysis, 
we will endeavour to develop our scenarios and associated analysis 
utilising quantitative information to illustrate potential pathways and 
outcomes. In this way, we will be able to provide a more in-depth 
quantitative assessment of the climate risks and opportunities faced 
by our businesses. We believe these scenarios cover a varied range 
to provide a robust assessment of future outcomes relevant to the 
Group’s business. 
The Group is well placed to be able to adapt to each of these scenarios, 
with a system of monitoring incoming regulation and development of 
new products and services as well as a management structure that 
allows for the free flow of information between our businesses and the 
Group. In considering our risks and opportunities, we have reviewed the 
specific impacts of each of these two scenarios and their impact on our 
business units and activities. 
Risk detail
Impact
Potential financial impact
Scenario with 
greatest impact
Resilience
Transition: Policy and legal 
Transition: Policy and legal 
(1) Mandates on 
regulation of existing 
products and 
services.
Time horizon
Long term
Fuels: A key part of value creation is 
from the commercial and domestic oil 
market. With increased regulation and 
associated costs on domestic oil, we 
would expect to see our customer base 
transition their traditional oil boilers to 
alternative low carbon fuels, air or 
ground source heat pumps, or biomass 
boilers, resulting in revenue loss. We also 
anticipate there to be increasing 
difficulty in sourcing capital funding for 
carbon intensive industries such as 
Fuels, with increased regulation and 
pressure on banks and investors. 
In the event of a 
transition to low 
carbon liquid fuels, 
there would be a 
relatively low capital 
spend to convert our 
fleet and facilities to 
store and deliver 
the fuel.
A
In response to these risks, we have 
assessed that our Fuels business can 
quickly adapt its operating model to 
transporting alternative low carbon 
fuels, as we already have the relevant 
infrastructure and skills for this 
development. Our industry and Group 
are acutely aware of the carbon 
intensive nature of our business 
models and thus there will likely be 
an industry-wide technological 
adaptation and adoption process. 
(2) Increased price of 
GHG emissions 
through carbon tax.
Time horizon
Medium term
Group: The prevalence of carbon pricing 
is expected to expand, thereby causing 
the price of carbon to increase. 
This may lead to an 
increase in direct 
compliance costs and 
an indirect cost 
increase of carbon 
pricing pass-through 
in the supply chain.
A
As a Group, we are tracking greenhouse 
gas emissions from each of our 
businesses, with metrics implemented to 
reduce GHG emissions across the Group. 
We have a wind turbine installed at a 
Feeds site, which is energy neutral, and 
have also installed solar panels at our 
Longtown mill, with plans to increase the 
amount of self-generated renewable 
energy used across the Group in the 
coming years. For further details of 
our wind turbine and solar panels 
see page 37.
Transition: Technology
(3) Development of 
emerging low carbon 
technology.
Time horizon
Medium to long term
Group: Our business is typically guided 
by industry-wide technological 
advancement into low carbon 
technologies. There is an increasing shift 
towards electric vehicles and a 
non-fossil fuel fleet because of 
Government policy changes. 
Costs throughout the 
supply chain are 
anticipated to 
increase as the cost 
of leases and capital 
outlay for low carbon 
emission vehicles 
increase.
A
We use HVO100 powered vehicles 
at our main Wardle site.
Across the Group we have invested 
in a number of electric vehicles, taking 
advantage of current subsidies in place.
CFD continued
Risk register and summary of climate scenario analysis results continued
40
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Risk detail
Impact
Potential financial impact
Scenario with 
greatest impact
Resilience
Transition: Market
(4) Change in 
consumer 
preferences. 
Time horizon
Long term
Fuels: The shift away from oil heating 
towards lower carbon intensive fuel 
types, particularly amongst domestic 
customers, which could result in a risk of 
loss of revenue. 
Feeds: Changes in consumer 
demand could impact dairy and meat 
consumption nationally, impacting our 
customer base and overall demand for 
feed. Where demand exists it is expected 
to be for more sustainable sources such 
as low methane emitting animal products.
Fuels: Potential 
reduction in revenue 
from domestic fuel 
sales.
Feeds: Potential 
reduction in revenue 
due to consumer 
demand. Increased 
cost of investment 
focused on low 
methane producing 
products.
A
Fuels: There is an ongoing process 
to review new liquid fuel products in 
the market, and an assessment of 
our preparedness to adapt our fleet 
for these new fuels. We are also 
monitoring the development of all 
energy sources including hydrogen as 
a potential solution for our customers’ 
heating and transportation requirements.
Feeds: Is engaged in a product 
monitoring process and trialling 
alternative, low methane producing feed 
products to help reduce emissions.
Physical: Chronic
(5) Average increase 
in global temperature 
(operations).
Time horizon
Long term
Fuels: The proximity to the coast and 
river flood plains of a limited number of 
our depots could impact our ability to 
operate from those locations in extreme 
weather scenarios, leading to a loss of 
revenue and assets.
Food: The Food business will also be 
impacted, to a lesser extent than the rest 
of the Group. Currently, we operate 
ambient storage facilities, but with 
increased average temperatures this 
may have an impact on our stored 
goods.
Group: An increase in the frequency and 
severity of extreme weather events will 
increase the potential for harm to occur 
to our employees, e.g. through flooded 
homes or heatwaves, or make working 
conditions harmful.
Fuels: Potential loss 
of revenue and assets 
in the longer term, 
with higher insurance 
premiums to mitigate 
potential loss of profit 
or repairs in the 
medium term.
Food: Increased cost 
of investment to 
convert warehouse 
space to be 
temperature 
regulated.
Group: Potential 
revenue impact from 
employees being 
unable to work safely, 
and increased cost to 
make working 
environments safer.
B
Within the Fuels business we have a 
nationwide network of depots, and 
supplies could be diverted to impacted 
areas of the country should one of our 
depots be temporarily closed.
Our Food business has been working 
with some of our customers to provide 
cooled warehouses, to mitigate 
potential damage to our 
customers’ produce.
Further downstream of our business 
we have engaged with our customer 
base to understand how they might 
increase their own resilience in their 
business models.
As the risk continues to evolve, we will 
look to emerging technologies to 
ensure that the employees of the 
Group can continue to operate in safe 
working environments.
(6) Average increase 
in global temperature 
(supply chain).
Time horizon
Long term
Food: The prevalence of more extreme 
weather patterns will increase 
degradation to the UK road 
infrastructure, increasing the potential 
damage to our fleet and increasing the 
time of delivery and potential damage to 
goods transported. 
Feeds: When identifying physical risks 
to the Feeds business, we expect to see 
an increased interruption to our supply 
chain as harvest patterns shift.
Food: Potential 
increased direct costs 
for vehicle repair and 
maintenance and 
higher insurance 
premiums as a result 
of increased claims 
for damage in the 
market.
Feeds: Potential 
revenue decline with 
livestock losses due 
to extreme weather 
events reducing our 
customer base and, 
finally, an increase in 
the competition for 
raw materials to 
produce feed.
B
In our Food business we invest in the 
latest vehicle technology and have our 
own on-site garage to reduce the cost 
of vehicle repairs.
In our Feeds business, we have begun 
to increase diversification in our supply 
chain and engage with our suppliers to 
understand how they might mitigate 
these impacts in supply.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
41
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Opportunities
In addition to climate-related risks, we have identified a number of opportunities for NWF in the transition to a lower carbon economy.
Opportunity detail
Impact
Scenario with 
greatest impact
Strategic response
Transition: Resource efficiency
(1) Reduce Scope 1 
and 2 emissions to a 
minimum and use 
more efficient modes 
of transport by 
converting fleet.
Time horizon
Long term
Group: There is a large opportunity for 
the Group to be more resource efficient, 
particularly as part of its energy 
consumption. Consequently this could 
lead to reduced operating costs. This will 
also contribute significantly to the net zero 
by 2040 target.
Group: Utilising renewable energy and 
alternative drive concepts through 
emerging technology will ultimately 
reduce our carbon emissions and create 
efficiencies, enhancing our reputation 
with our customers. Improving the 
efficiency of our fleet will increase the 
useful economic life of the vehicles we 
use and create potential cost savings.
Reduced cost of 
purchased electricity 
through self-generated 
renewable energy. 
A reduction in Scope 1 
and 2 emissions may 
be achieved through 
the installation of solar 
panels at sites across 
the Group and the 
expanded use of 
renewable energy 
in its operations.
A
We have installed solar panels at our 
Longtown mill and a wind turbine at 
our Aspatria site, and are considering 
further installations across the Group. 
The company car scheme operated at 
Group level and in our Fuels and Food 
businesses is a non-fossil fuel scheme. 
All of our electricity consumed across 
our main sites comes from 100% 
renewable sources.
We are also working with external 
parties to review how we save energy 
costs across the Group, in a bid to 
reduce our Scope 1 and 2 emissions 
and create cost savings.
We are already using, to a limited 
extent, electric vehicles in the Food 
business and will continue to work 
with our commercial vehicle suppliers 
to understand how emerging 
technologies can benefit the Group.
Transition: Products and services
(2) Growth in low 
carbon heating 
market.
Time horizon
Long term
Fuels: The Fuels business has the 
opportunity to offer an alternative liquid 
heating fuel. This can be achieved 
through technological advancements to 
produce wide-scale, lower carbon fuel 
alternatives, ultimately reducing our 
Scope 3 emissions. At present, there is no 
meaningful change in consumer demand 
towards lower carbon alternatives.
Increased revenue or 
margin from sale and 
distribution of low 
carbon alternative fuels.
A
We are continuing to support the 
distribution of lower carbon part-
renewable HVO30 and HVO100 
products to commercial and 
agricultural customers.
Metrics and targets
To measure progress against our net zero 2040 target, we have 
key performance indicators in place to monitor our Scope 1, 2 and 
3 emissions across the entire Group (Fuels, Food and Feeds). 
In order to calculate our emissions, we use emissions factors from the 
UK Government’s GHG Conversion Factors for Company Reporting 2023. 
Data is consolidated using the operational control approach. These 
metrics are tracked monthly as part of management reporting. 
We are committed to playing our part in the UK’s ambition to achieve 
net zero by 2050, and developing our own Net Zero Transition Plan. 
As such, the Group has set an ambitious target to achieve net zero by 
2040 across our own operations (Scope 1 and 2 emissions). We are also 
looking to perform a more detailed assessment to understand the most 
relevant and addressable elements of our Scope 3 emissions within our 
value chain to enable us to start measuring them.
The Board appreciates the importance of setting mid-term targets, but 
recognises further analysis of existing data is required before robust 
targets are set, which can be meaningfully linked to the Group’s 
long-term target. 
Similarly, the Group has included ESG measures in the annual bonus for 
personal objectives incorporated into the remuneration policy for the 
executives. The climate-related KPIs used to monitor progress against 
our net zero 2040 target are on page 36.
  Read more about our energy and carbon emissions on page 38
CFD continued
42
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Focus on: Sustainability
An update on our B Corp ambitions
Last year we reported that we had applied for B Corp certification 
within our Food business (Boughey Distribution Limited) and are now 
able to confirm that the business achieved certification in June 2024.
B Corp’s purpose is to measure a company ’s entire social and 
environmental impact and certification is a designation that 
a business is meeting high standards of verified performance, 
accountability and transparency on factors from employee benefits 
and charitable giving to supply chain practices and input materials.
The process of achieving B Corp accreditation has improved 
the operations of the business on a day-to-day basis, benefitting 
colleagues and supporting customers who want to deal with 
a sustainable supplier.
The achievement of B Corp accreditation has been led by Sarah Hall, 
ESG Quality Manager in the Food business. Paying tribute to Sarah’s 
contribution, Managing Director Angela Carus commented, ‘within 
our business, Sarah has instigated new initiatives with real purpose 
and energy and, alongside our plans to become certified, she has 
trained to become a Leadership for Good mentor, providing her with 
the knowledge to guide other companies and customers to become 
part of the B Corp movement ’.
  For further details please see https://boughey.co.uk/boughey-
achieves-b-corp-certification/
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
43
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Stakeholders and Section 172
How we engage with 
our stakeholders
NWF Group plc depends on the 
trust and confidence of all its 
stakeholders to operate 
sustainably in the long term. 
The Group seeks to build strong partnerships, create 
a culture of safety, invest in its people, respect the 
environment in which it operates and generate 
sustainable value for shareholders.
The Directors of NWF Group plc (‘the Group’) have 
discharged their duties as set out in Section 172(1) of the 
Companies Act 2006; they have had regard to the matters 
set out in Section 172(1) (a) to (f) when performing their duty 
to promote the success of the Group for the benefit of its 
members as a whole. In doing so, the Directors must have 
regard (amongst other matters) to:
(a)	the likely consequences of any decision in the long term;
(b)	the interests of the Group’s employees;
(c)	the need to foster the Group’s business relationships 
with suppliers, customers and others;
(d)	the impact of the Group’s operations on the community 
and the environment;
(e)	the desirability of the Group maintaining a reputation 
for high standards of business conduct; and
(f)	 the need to act fairly between members of the Group.
The Board’s understanding of the interests of the Group’s 
stakeholders is informed by the programme of stakeholder 
engagement detailed overleaf. 
Section 172 considerations are embedded in decision 
making at Board level and throughout the Group. Examples 
of how the Directors discharged their Section 172 duty 
when taking principal decisions during the year are set 
out on pages 47 and 48.
Customers
With over 150 years’ experience in adding 
value to our customers’ businesses, our 
commitment to customer service remains 
critical to our success.
Stakeholder expectations
•	 Reliable service, on time and in full.
•	 Quality products representing value for money.
•	 Knowledgeable and responsive teams which provide technical 
excellence in their respective fields.
Why we engage
•	 To reinforce our customer-focused culture and focus 
on delivering excellence in customer service.
•	 To ensure high levels of availability and delivery metrics, 
achieving high service levels and delivering value.
•	 To develop customer-focused solutions, ensuring the Group 
understands and responds to evolving customer needs.
•	 To drive improvements and reduce complaints.
How we engage
•	 Each business has experienced customer service teams 
engaging with customers on a daily basis. Through our customer 
service teams and sales representatives, we are in constant 
communication with our large and diverse customer base.
•	 Regular monitoring of performance against service level 
agreements and quality standards.
•	 Customer visits and attendance at relevant industry trade fairs 
and shows.
•	 Regular programme of site tours for customers and other 
community groups or business partners.
Outcomes of engagement
•	 Following customer satisfaction surveys performed across the 
Group in early 2023, we have an understanding of our customer 
views and are able to put targeted actions into place to enhance 
our offering.
•	 An increase in the capacity of the Food business following the 
investment in a newly constructed purpose-built warehouse 
to support the continued customer demand. 
•	 The Fuels domestic customer trial in Stoke was based on 
feedback from customers. The approach is now being rolled 
out across the entire domestic customer base.
44
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Employees and community
Suppliers
Our employees are fundamental to the 
long-term success and execution of the 
Group’s strategy.
Stakeholder expectations
•	 Fair salary and benefits.
•	 An inclusive and diverse workplace with opportunities for personal 
development and flexible working, in a safe working environment.
•	 Job security and satisfaction, with support for wellbeing and the 
opportunity for feedback.
Why we engage
•	 To ensure that all employees are valued and are given the 
opportunity to provide feedback and participate in shaping 
the development of the Group.
•	 To underpin our culture of safety and ensure that employees at 
all levels in the business play a role in promoting and upholding 
a strong focus on health and safety, for the benefit of the Group 
and the wider community.
•	 To ensure we maintain a skilled, technically competent and 
motivated workforce and provide appropriate opportunities 
for development and personal growth.
•	 To encourage equal opportunities and a more diverse workforce. 
How we engage
•	 The Chief Executive Officer holds a presentations for staff, 
where the financial results of the Group and development of 
its strategy are shared, with employees invited to discuss and 
ask questions.
•	 We undertake regular surveys to invite regular feedback tailored 
to specific needs.
•	 At a business level, regular employee briefings are conducted, 
either via floor briefings or monthly newsletters, to enable 
regular sharing of information.
•	 Intranet, email communication and newsletters are used to keep 
employees up to date with business and Group activities.
Outcomes of engagement
•	 We continue to offer an agile working policy to promote flexible 
working, and have improved office spaces across the Group.
•	 We continue to offer our programme of free weekly fitness classes 
in our on-site studio, provided by a local team of personal trainers.
Through collaborative and mutually 
beneficial relationships, NWF can continue 
to deliver efficient, quality services and high 
standards in a sustainable manner.
Stakeholder expectations
•	 Compliance with contractual terms and conditions.
•	 Co-operation to allow our suppliers to improve their products 
and services and to resolve any issues.
•	 To be treated fairly.
Why we engage
•	 To maintain strong relationships to ensure high supplier 
standards.
•	 To seek new ways to collaborate and innovate.
•	 To ensure our suppliers conduct their business in an ethical 
and sustainable manner.
•	 To enable our operations to become more efficient and ensure 
continuity of supply and competitive pricing.
How we engage
•	 Holding regular meetings and/or site visits with key suppliers.
•	 Feedback from suppliers is monitored and provided to the 
Executive Directors who update the Board at regular intervals.
Outcomes of engagement
•	 The Fuels business is working closely with fuel producers 
to monitor the next generation of fuels.
•	 Continued roll-out of our Supplier Code of Conduct 
to all suppliers.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
45
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Stakeholders and Section 172 continued
The environment
Shareholders
We strive for continual improvement 
when it comes to our environmental 
performance, monitoring carbon emissions 
and waste across our supply chain and 
promoting a healthy environment.
Stakeholder expectations
•	 For the Group to operate as efficiently as possible and maintain 
high environmental standards.
•	 For the environmental impact of the Group to be minimised. 
Why we engage
•	 To ensure adherence to relevant environmental legislation 
and regulations.
•	 To better understand environmental challenges and how 
we can contribute to meeting those challenges.
•	 To ensure that high environmental standards are respected 
at each of the Group’s sites.
How we engage
•	 We work with our customers and suppliers to improve the 
efficiency of our operations.
•	 We engage with customers to understand environmental 
challenges they face and then innovate to develop solutions 
to try to alleviate those challenges.
Outcomes of engagement
•	 Investment in clean, modern fleets.
•	 Enhancement to trucks to improve efficiency and MPGs.
Our aim is to provide a transparent, 
clear, consistent message across 
our communication channels, giving 
shareholders the opportunity for direct, 
personal contact with our senior 
executives on a regular basis.
Stakeholder expectations
•	 Responsible and sustainable growth ambitions.
•	 Share price accretion.
•	 Progressive dividend policy.
•	 Resilience to adverse market conditions.
Why we engage
•	 To ensure the Group responds to the evolving needs and 
interests of shareholders and aligns its strategy accordingly.
•	 To communicate and explain how we aim to deliver growth 
and create value, by maximising the potential of the business.
•	 To give shareholders the opportunity for direct, personal contact 
with our Board members on a regular basis.
How we engage
•	 Investor roadshows are held twice a year to coincide with the 
Group’s half year and final results, allowing our institutional 
investors to meet with the Chief Executive Officer and Chief 
Financial Officer.
•	 Recorded webcasts presenting our half year and final results 
are made available for investors through the Group’s website, 
nwf.co.uk. The Investors section of the website also includes 
access to the Annual Report and Accounts, presentations and 
trading updates.
•	 The AGM provides further opportunity for the shareholder 
community to engage directly with the Board of Directors.
Outcomes of engagement
•	 Engagement with our shareholders has influenced our 
acquisition, capital investment and progressive dividend policy.
46
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Decision making by the Board
•	 CEO communications re. competitive 
activity, market trends and analyst 
reports.
•	 Professional experience and 
qualification.
•	 Training and induction.
•	 Monthly provision of Board papers 
including financial and non-financial 
information.
•	 Advice and presentations by internal 
and external subject matter experts.
•	 The Board satisfies itself that the 
information provided is sufficient, 
accurate and comprehensive to support 
decision making. Further information 
is sought, if required.
•	 Section 172 considerations are taken 
into account in the Board’s strategic 
discussions, including the long-term 
impacts on the Group and its 
stakeholders.
•	 Feedback from outcomes/actions 
of decisions are communicated back 
to the Board.
•	 Actions are taken to implement the 
Board’s decisions.
Board information
Board strategic 
discussion
Board decision
Stakeholders
 Customers 
 Suppliers 
 Employees and community 
 Shareholders 
 Environment
Section 172 considerations
  Likely long-term consequences 
  Employee interests 
  Relationships with customers, 
suppliers and others
  The impact on the community 
and environment 
  Maintaining a reputation for high standards 
of business conduct
  Acting fairly between members of the Group
Decision 1: Board succession
Matters for discussion
Section 172 considerations 
Actions and outcomes 
Succession planning for our Board and 
senior management team is a key matter for 
consideration and discussion by the Board.
During the year, the Board considered the 
successor for the Group Chair as Philip Acton 
previously announced intentions to step 
down as Chair, following a limited extension 
to Philip’s tenure as Chair until the 2024 AGM.
During the year, Richard Whiting retired from 
his role as Chief Executive Officer with effect 
from 29 February 2024. Chris Belsham, 
formerly Group Finance Director, was 
appointed Chief Executive Officer upon 
Richard’s retirement. Katie Shortland joined 
the Group as Chief Financial Officer on 
2 October 2023 following an extensive 
recruitment process as the successor to Chris 
Belsham’s role as Group Finance Director.
Philip Acton, Chair, announced his tenure 
would be extended for a limited period 
until the 2024 AGM where a new Chair will 
be appointed.
The Board considered the appropriate skills, 
experience and qualifications necessary for 
the Group’s long-term success.
Determining the needs of the Group and its 
employees and the need to foster the Group’s 
relationships with customers and suppliers 
were also critical in the decision‑making process.
An external executive search and leadership 
consulting firm was appointed to assist the 
Board in the search for the successor to the 
key role of Chair. The Board was delighted 
to accept the recommendation from the 
Nomination Committee that Amanda Burton 
be appointed as Chair with effect from 
26 September 2024.
The Board continues to review and monitor 
Board composition and succession planning.
For more information on Chris Belsham, 
Chief Executive Officer, see page 50. Further 
details on Katie Shortland, Chief Financial 
Officer, can be found on page 50.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
47
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Decision 2: Acquisition of lease for Boughey Distribution Ltd
Matters for discussion
Section 172 considerations 
Actions and outcomes 
A key strategy of the Group is to target 
warehouse expansion, backed by retailer 
and customer demand. During the year, the 
Group made significant investment, signing 
a lease between its subsidiary Boughey 
Distribution Limited and Aver Property 
General Partner Limited and Aver Property 
Nominee Limited (‘the Lease’) at Lymedale 
Business Park in Newcastle-under-Lyme 
(‘Lymedale’ or ‘the Warehouse’).
Prior to signing the Lease, the Board carefully 
considered the business case to ensure that 
our investment would deliver an appropriate 
return for our shareholders.
The Board considered the appropriateness of 
the warehouse facility in light of the start‑up 
costs and the impact on the local community 
to ensure the long-term success of the site 
once fully operational. The Board considered 
the impact to its customer base and ensured 
appropriate plans were in place to guarantee 
continuity of service.
The investment will increase capacity in the 
Food business by 52,000 pallets, supporting 
strategic growth and ongoing demand from 
customers for ambient grocery consolidation 
and distribution.
Stakeholders and Section 172 continued
48
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
49

D
A
R
D
A
R
N
N
Board of Directors
Our leadership team
Philip Acton
Non-Executive Chair
Appointed: August 2013
Chris Belsham
Chief Executive Officer
Appointed: April 2017
Katie Shortland
Chief Financial Officer
Appointed: October 2023
Richard Armitage 
Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director
Appointed: July 2020
Skills and experience
•	 Considerable board, 
leadership and strategy 
skills derived from 
Executive and Non-
Executive roles.
•	 Extensive experience in 
mergers and acquisitions, 
operations and finance.
•	 Broad sector experience 
in agriculture, warehousing, 
distribution, engineering 
and manufacturing.
•	 Qualified Chartered 
Accountant with a degree 
in accounting and finance.
Skills and experience
•	 Strategic and leadership 
experience at both NWF 
Group plc and as Head of 
Corporate Finance and 
Equity Partner at Irwin 
Mitchell LLP.
•	 Extensive mergers and 
acquisition, valuation and 
financing expertise across 
a range of sectors following 
14 years as a corporate 
finance advisor with 
KPMG with a focus on 
listed clients. 
•	 Qualified Chartered 
Accountant and Fellow of 
the Institute of Chartered 
Accountants for England 
and Wales, having qualified 
with PwC in 1999.
Skills and experience
•	 An experienced finance 
and business leader with 
extensive experience working 
in infrastructure, engineering 
and manufacturing.
•	 Member of the Chartered 
Institute of Management 
Accountants.
Skills and experience
•	 Extensive financial, 
strategic, mergers and 
acquisitions and 
governance experience, 
gained within a range of 
commercial organisations 
including consumer goods 
and distribution.
•	 A board-level executive in 
large complex organisations 
for the last 14 years.
•	 Experience of investor 
relations and debt capital 
markets, with strong 
banking relationships.
•	 Qualified Chartered 
Management Accountant.
Professional 
development
1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8
Professional 
development
1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8
Professional 
development
1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8
Professional 
development
1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8
Other appointments
N/A
Other appointments
N/A
Other appointments
N/A
Other appointments
Chief Financial Officer 
at Morgan Advanced 
Materials plc
Past appointments
Chief Operating Officer for 
Genus Europe and Asia. Group 
Finance Director Genus plc. 
Group Finance Director 
Scholes Group plc.
Past appointments
Equity Partner and Head of 
Corporate Finance at Irwin 
Mitchell LLP.
Past appointments
Finance and Transformation 
Director at Midland 
Expressway Limited and 
Director of Finance at Meggitt. 
Katie qualified as 
an accountant in 2001 
during her career with 
Rolls-Royce plc.
Past appointments
Chief Financial Officer at 
Victrex plc.
50
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Professional 
development
1 	 External advisor updates
2 	 Professional network
3 	 Institute updates
4 	 Investor forums
5 	 Self study
6 	 Industry bodies
7 	 Other non-executive roles
8 	 Member of Institute of Directors
Committee key
	 Chair
A 	 Audit
D 	 Disclosure
N 	 Nomination
R 	 Remuneration
	 Mergers and acquisitions
(5)
	 Finance
(4)
	 Strategy and leadership
(4)
	 Board experience
(1)
	 Sector experience
(2)
	 Sales and marketing
(1)
	 Operations
(1)
Skills
Amanda Burton
Non-Executive Director and 
Chair Designate
Appointed: July 2024
Tim Cooper
Non-Executive Director
Appointed: July 2024
Tom Harland
Company Secretary
Appointed: March 2024
Skills and experience
•	 Substantial board, 
leadership and strategic 
experience gained from 
senior positions across 
the public, private and 
charity sectors.
•	 Qualified solicitor having 
worked in a variety of legal 
and operational roles over 
30 years, including as Chief 
Operating Officer of Clifford 
Chance LLP and General 
Counsel, executive director 
and divisional chair at 
Meyer International PLC.
Skills and experience
•	 Extensive experience 
in a variety of senior 
management positions 
across a range of sectors, 
most recently as an 
executive director and 
member of the executive 
leadership team at 
Victrex plc.
•	 Substantial experience as 
a Non-Executive Director 
and Remuneration 
Committee Chair.
Skills and experience
•	 An experienced company 
secretary and corporate 
governance professional 
who joined as Interim 
Company Secretary 
in January 2024.
•	 Solicitor.
•	 Extensive experience 
in quoted company 
requirements.
•	 Legal and governance 
experience gained within 
a range of commercial 
organisations.
•	 Significant experience 
on wide ranging 
property matters.
Professional 
development
1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8
Professional 
development
1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8
Professional 
development
1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8
Other appointments
Non-Executive Director at: 
Post Office Limited, HSS Hire 
Group plc, Elevate Services Inc 
and Chair and Trustee of 
Green Light Trust
Other appointments
Non-Executive Director at 
Renold plc and Pressure 
Technologies plc
Other appointments
N/A
Past appointments
Non-Executive Director at: 
Battersea Dogs and Cats 
Home, Connells Limited, 
Countryside Partnerships plc, 
Seckford Education Trust and 
Skipton Building Society.
Past appointments
Executive Director at 
Victrex plc.
Past appointments
N/A
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
51
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Executive Leadership Team
Dave Walmsley
Managing Director, Fuels
Angela Carus
Managing Director, Food
Andrew Downie
Managing Director, Feeds
Experience
Appointed Managing Director of the Fuels 
business in November 2022. Previously 
held the position of Managing Director 
of SIG Distribution and senior positions 
at Palletways and Lyreco.
Experience
Appointed Managing Director of the 
Food business in January 2022. Angela has 
worked in the logistics sector since leaving 
school and held a variety of senior positions 
before joining the Group from Culina, 
where she was a Director of Operations.
Experience
Appointed Managing Director of the Feeds 
business in February 2015. Previously held 
the position of Head of Operations at ABF 
plc and senior positions at AB World Foods 
and Patak’s Foods Limited.
Key skills
•	 Strategy and leadership
•	 Operations
•	 Sales and marketing
Key skills
•	 Strategy and leadership
•	 Sector experience
•	 Operations
•	 Sales and marketing
Key skills
•	 Strategy and leadership
•	 Operations
•	 Finance
•	 Mergers and acquisitions
•	 Sales and marketing
Professional development
1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8
Professional development
1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8
Professional development
1  2  3  4  5  6  7  8
Our leadership team continued
Professional development
1 	 External advisor updates
2 	 Professional network
3 	 Institute updates
4 	 Investor forums
5 	 Self study
6 	 Industry bodies
7 	 Other non-executive roles
8 	 Member of Institute of Directors
52
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Continuous improvement
Corporate governance statement
Dear shareholder,
On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present NWF Group plc’s 
Corporate Governance Statement for the year ended 31 May 2024. 
This statement provides details of our current governance framework 
and practices and how we discharge our governance duties. 
Whilst 2023/24 has been a challenging year, I am delighted that the 
Group has achieved a strong performance despite the inflationary and 
cost of living challenges. The Group has reaffirmed its clear, long-term 
strategy and improved performance whilst mitigating, wherever 
possible, the risks faced by the businesses.
In my role as Chair, I am responsible for the Board including its effective 
leadership and composition, assessing and improving its performance, 
and leading the Group’s corporate governance culture to ensure that an 
appropriate governance framework is embedded within the Group and 
its businesses. The Board recognises the fundamental importance of 
maintaining a strong corporate governance framework in order to 
continue to create long-term value and 2023/24 has seen the Group’s 
governance framework continue to develop. 
The Group has continued to adopt the Quoted Companies Alliance Corporate 
Governance Code (‘the QCA Code’) as the basis of its governance structure and 
has complied with all principles of the QCA Code throughout the year. Given 
the Group’s size, we also endeavour to have regard to the provisions of the UK 
Corporate Governance Code to the extent that we believe this is appropriate. 
As such, all Board Directors are required to stand for annual re-election and 
our independence policy states that Non-Executive Directors are unable to 
serve for more than nine years save for in exceptional circumstances. 
In keeping with the Group’s independence policy and as announced last year 
I will be stepping down from my role as Chair after 11 enjoyable and 
successful years. As announced in August 2023 my tenure was extended 
until the 2024 AGM in order to oversee the transition of roles (as detailed 
below) and to continue to facilitate effective succession planning.
I am pleased to announce that Amanda Burton will assume the role of Chair of 
the Group on 26 September 2024 following an extensive recruitment process. 
Amanda brings a wealth of experience to the Group; further details can be 
found in the Nomination Committee Report on pages 62 and 63. I wish her 
and the Group all the best in the next stage of its journey. 
As previously announced Richard Whiting retired from the Board and 
Chief Executive Officer role effective from 29 February 2024. In line with 
the Group’s succession plan Chris Belsham was appointed to the role of 
Chief Executive Officer with effect from 1 March 2024. Chris Belsham’s 
internal appointment reflects the Group’s decision to promote internal 
talent, providing stability and ‘know-how’ in what has been very a 
challenging macro-economic environment. 
As announced, Katie Shortland was appointed as Chief Financial Officer on 
2 October 2023. Katie’s finance and business leadership experience will be 
pivotal in the execution of the next phase of the Group’s growth strategy. 
Maintaining a skilled and well-balanced Board is integral to the long-term 
success of the Group and the Non-Executive Directors (‘NEDs’) play a key 
role by providing independent challenge and scrutiny. In recognition of this, 
the Board has recruited Tim Cooper as a NED replacing Dawn Moore who 
resigned from the Board in September 2023. The appointment will increase 
the Board’s skill set and experience whilst providing another layer of scrutiny 
and challenge. 
As a consequence of this appointment, the total NED appointments is in line 
with Principle 6 of the QCA Code.
The Board recognises that sustainability of the Group is key to its long-term 
success. As such, 2023/24 saw a continued focus on strengthening our 
approach to how we govern sustainability (further details can be found on 
pages 27 and 28).
The Board acknowledges that a prerequisite of a strong corporate 
governance framework is a healthy corporate culture. The Group has focused 
on instilling a uniformed corporate culture across the Group throughout 
2023/24 predicated upon ethical values, integrity and transparency. 
For our strategy and business model to succeed in creating sustainable 
value in the long term, and to enable the mitigation of our principal risks and 
uncertainties (as detailed on pages 23 to 26), positive relationships with the 
Group’s various stakeholders must be cultivated. This will only be achieved 
through integrity and transparency. The Board monitors the Group’s culture 
through engagement with the Group’s stakeholders (further details on how 
we engage can be found on pages 44 to 46), the regular review of the Group’s 
consolidated risk register and any changes to the principal risks and 
uncertainties, and externally facilitated employee and customer surveys 
which allow us both to engage and identify areas of focus. 
In order to promote a healthy corporate culture, the Group operates a 
whistleblowing policy which allows concerns regarding unethical or unsafe 
behaviours to be raised in confidence and promptly investigated. To ensure 
ethical values and behaviours are recognised and respected, the Group has 
a suite of policies in place covering areas such as anti-corruption and 
bribery, equal opportunities, prevention of the facilitation of tax evasion and 
modern slavery. As a result, the Board is satisfied at this time that an ethical 
culture exists within the Group. 
Philip Acton
Non-Executive Chair
30 July 2024
Philip Acton
Non-Executive Chair
The Board recognises the 
fundamental importance 
of maintaining a strong 
corporate governance 
framework in order to continue 
to create long-term value.”
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
53
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Our strategy 
The Group’s strategy is to consolidate and optimise its operations 
to deliver long-term sustainable value for its shareholders and 
stakeholders. This is achieved by the implementation of the Group’s 
acquisition strategy, focused on the consolidation of the highly 
fragmented fuel market (further details can be found on pages 14 and 
15), and investing in the Group’s people, businesses and technology to 
create innovative services. The Group’s business model is set out on 
pages 12 and 13 and on the Business Model page of our website, 
nwf.co.uk/about-us/business-model. 
Effective risk management 
and internal control
The achievement of the Group’s strategy is dependent upon the 
effective identification and management of new and existing risks. 
The Board recognises though that the risks faced by the Group also 
present opportunities for innovation and growth. The principal risks and 
uncertainties affecting the Group, and how these risks are identified, 
assessed, managed and reviewed, are explained on pages 23 to 26. 
The Board has overall responsibility for ensuring that the Group 
maintains an effective system of internal control which directs the 
Group’s activities in order to ensure the safeguarding of assets, to 
assist in the delivery of the Group’s strategic, financial and operational 
ambitions and to provide it with reasonable assurance regarding the 
reliability of financial information that is used within the business. 
There are, however, inherent limitations in any system of internal 
control and accordingly even the most effective system can provide 
only reasonable, and not absolute, assurance against material 
misstatement or loss.
The Board obtains assurance that the risk management and related 
control systems in place are effective in a number of ways. During 
the year a rolling programme of risk and controls testing has been 
undertaken across the Group with a focus on various key areas of risk 
identified. This programme was undertaken through a combination 
of internal and external resource and the results were reported to the 
Board. The Group’s risk management programme, which assesses key 
risks and the required internal controls that are delegated to Directors 
and managers at all levels in the Group, is reviewed regularly in order to 
ensure that it continues to meet the Board’s requirements. Although the 
Group does not have a formal internal audit function, targeted reviews 
and visits to operations are conducted by the Head Office team and 
professional advisors. The results of these reviews are communicated 
back to the Audit Committee. An internal control update is provided 
to the Audit Committee at each meeting. Further details can be found 
on pages 59 to 61. 
Engagement with our shareholders 
and stakeholders 
The Board is committed to open and honest two-way dialogue with the 
Group’s shareholders and stakeholders in order to both understand their 
views, needs and expectations and provide a fair and understandable 
assessment of the Group’s position which will allow shareholders and 
other stakeholders to make informed decisions about the Group.
Whilst the Group has a diverse range of shareholders, they can be 
broadly categorised as follows:
1.	 three independent pension funds registered in Iceland (each holding 
c.5% of the issued share capital) as set out on page 69;
2.	 other institutional investors;
Delivering growth and 
building trust
June 2023
•	 Trading update and renewed banking facilities RNS
July 2023
•	 Acquisition and Notice of Results RNS
August 2023
•	 Board changes: CEO retirement/appointment and CFO 
appointment and Chair succession update RNS
•	 Preliminary Results online meetings/CEO and Group FD 
presentation/RNS
September 2023
•	 AGM Final Results RNS 
•	 AGM Statement and trading update RNS
•	 AGM held at Wychwood Park Hotel, Weston, Crewe
December 2023
•	 Trading update RNS
January 2024
•	 Acquisition of lease and Notice of Half Year Results RNS
•	 Half Year Results online meetings/CEO and CFO presentation/
RNS
March 2024
•	 Directorate change RNS
April 2024
•	 Presentations to prospective investors
3.	 private individuals; and
4.	 employees and ex-employees.
The Board has a proactive approach to shareholder liaison, led by the 
Chief Executive Officer, and feedback is provided regularly to the Board. 
This approach includes our AGM (where votes in favour are consistently 
over 75%), biannual investor roadshows and annual meetings with 
significant shareholders.
The Chair and the Non-Executive Directors will always make themselves 
available to meet with shareholders. Each AGM is a particular opportunity 
for this. Normal relationships with shareholders are maintained by the 
Executive Directors, who brief the Board on shareholder issues and who 
relay the views of the Group’s advisors to the Board.
The Investors section of our website, nwf.co.uk/investors, includes 
historical Annual Reports, Notices of AGMs and voting history for 
a minimum of five years.
Details of how we engage with our other stakeholders and the outcomes 
of this engagement can be found on pages 44 to 46. During the year, 
the level of reporting to the Board on stakeholder engagement and 
concerns has continued to be a priority in line with our commitment 
to sustainability. 
Corporate governance statement continued
Key shareholder engagements
54
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

A clearly defined Board structure 
The principal roles of the Board are to provide effective leadership, 
ensure an ethical corporate culture and effective risk management 
system are embedded throughout the Group, oversee external reporting 
and set the Group’s strategy in order to deliver shareholder value.
A formal schedule of matters requiring Group Board approval, 
which is available in its entirety at nwf.co.uk/about-us/governance/
board-responsibilities, is maintained and regularly reviewed to ensure 
sufficient separation between the responsibilities of the Board and the 
operation of the Group’s business. 
Board Committees
There are currently four Board Committees to which the Board 
delegates specific responsibilities: the Audit Committee, Remuneration 
Committee, Nomination Committee and Disclosure Committee. The 
responsibilities of each Committee are detailed in its terms of reference 
which are reviewed annually and are available on the Group’s website. 
Further details on the activities of the Audit Committee, the Remuneration 
Committee and the Nomination Committee can be found on pages 59 to 
61, pages 64 to 67 and pages 62 and 63 respectively. The Chair of each 
Committee formally reports to the Board in respect of the Committee’s 
activities and recommendations. 
Executive Directors and Executive 
Leadership Team
The implementation of the strategy agreed by the Board and day-to-day 
management of the Group is delegated to the Executive Directors and 
senior management. This structure allows for decisions to be made in 
an efficient manner by the most appropriate people. Each businesses 
senior management team has a monthly meeting with the Executive 
Directors to report on the businesses progress and any challenges. 
Senior management also regularly attends Board meetings to brief the 
Board on business opportunities and developments. 
Remuneration 
Committee
Its remit is to:
•	 determine 
appropriate short and 
long-term total 
reward packages for 
the Executive 
Directors; and 
•	 satisfy itself that good 
practices apply to all 
Group employees 
through the relevant 
management 
structures.
Audit 
Committee
Its remit is to:
•	 monitor the integrity 
of financial reporting; 
and
•	 keep under review 
the Group’s internal 
control and risk 
management 
systems.
Nomination 
Committee
Its remit is to:
•	 develop and maintain 
a rigorous and 
transparent 
procedure for making 
recommendations on 
Board, and material 
subsidiary company 
board appointments; 
and 
•	 ensure plans are in 
place for orderly 
succession to Board 
and senior 
management 
positions. 
Disclosure 
Committee
Its remit is to:
•	 consider whether 
announcements are 
required to be made 
in relation to inside 
information.
Executive Directors 
and Executive 
Leadership Team
Their remit is to:
•	 implement the 
strategy agreed by 
the Board; and 
•	 manage the Group on 
a day-to-day basis.
ESG Committee
  See ESG section on 
pages 27 and 28
Matters reserved for the Board
•	 Setting the Group’s values, standards, strategic aims 
and objectives.
•	 Approval of budgets and reviewing performance in line with these.
•	 Extension or cessation of the Group’s activities.
•	 Approval of financial reports and policies, dividends and the 
dividend policy. 
•	 Ensuring maintenance of a sound system of internal control 
and risk management.
•	 Approval of major capital projects, material contracts and 
major investments.
•	 Changes to the structure, size and composition of the Board, 
membership of Board Committees and succession planning.
•	 Approval of remuneration policies.
Maintaining a dynamic 
management framework
Board
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
55
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Board composition
The Board currently comprises a Non-Executive Chair, a Senior 
Independent Non-Executive Director, two Independent Non-Executive 
Directors and two Executive Directors. As previously announced, 
Richard Whiting retired from his role as Chief Executive Officer on 
29 February 2024 and was replaced by Chris Belsham. Katie Shortland 
joined the Board as Chief Financial Officer on 2 October 2023.
Maintaining an experienced 
and capable Board with 
clearly defined roles
Director induction
Upon joining the Group, each Director completes a full, formal and tailored induction programme. This programme ensures each new Director 
is fully informed, engaged and supported, enabling the Director to effectively contribute to the Group from the start of their appointment.
Information
Once appointed, each Director is provided with a comprehensive 
information pack which includes:
•	 a summary of the Group’s history and markets;
•	 details of the Group’s strategy;
•	 guidance on their legal and regulatory responsibilities as 
a Director of an AIM-listed business;
•	 information on the Group’s corporate governance arrangements, 
including key policies and procedures;
•	 minutes and papers from the Board and relevant Committee 
meetings from at least the last six months;
•	 copies of the latest Board and relevant Committee evaluations;
•	 the latest shareholder analysis;
•	 an ESG briefing;
•	 organigrams; and
•	 details of key contacts and key advisors.
Engagement 
A tailored engagement programme is created for each 
new Director which includes activities such as:
•	 briefings with the Chief Executive Officer and the 
Chief Financial Officer;
•	 meeting with the Company Secretary;
•	 one-to-ones with the senior management team;
•	 meetings with individuals within the Group to enhance the 
Director’s understanding of the businesses and its culture; and
•	 key site visits.
In order for the Board to be effective, there needs to be clearly defined 
roles for Board members, an appropriate balance of Executive and 
Non-Executive Directors, sufficient time committed by Directors to 
their roles, a comprehensive, tailored induction for each Director upon 
joining the Board and the provision of quality information in a timely 
manner. The Board must comprise an appropriate balance of skills, 
experience and personal qualities.
	 Non-Executive Chair (1)
	 Executive Directors (2)
	 Senior Independent 
Non‑Executive Director (1)
	 Independent Non-Executive Director (2)
Board composition
	 Male (4)
	 Female (2)
Diversity
	 0 – 3 years (3)
	 4 – 6 years (2)
	 Over 7 years (1)
Length of tenure
Corporate governance statement continued
56
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Attendance of Directors at meetings during year ended 31 May 2024
Board
Disclosure 
Committee 1
Audit 
Committee
Remuneration 
Committee
Nomination 
Committee
T P Acton (Non-Executive Chair)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R J Armitage (Senior Independent Non‑Executive Director)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C J Belsham (Chief Executive Officer from 1 March 2024)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
K J Shortland (Chief Financial Officer)2
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
D M Moore (Independent Non-Executive Director)3
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
R A Whiting (Chief Executive Officer to 29 February 2024)4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Attended	 	
 Did not attend	
 Not required to attend
1	
The Disclosure Committee met twice in January 2024.
2	 K J Shortland appointed 2 October 2023.
3	 D M Moore resigned 28 September 2023.
4	 R A Whiting resigned 29 February 2024.
Board roles
The roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer are separated and clearly 
understood and have been agreed by the Board. The Chair is responsible for 
the Board including its effective leadership and composition, assessing and 
improving its performance, and leading the Group’s corporate governance 
culture. The Chief Executive Officer is responsible for developing the Group’s 
strategy and the operating performance of the Group.
The Senior Independent Non-Executive Director conducts the Chair’s 
annual appraisal and acts as a sounding board for the other Directors. 
Further information on the role of the Senior Independent Director 
can be found at nwf.co.uk/about-us/governance/corporate-
governance‑statement.
The Company Secretary has specific responsibilities to assist the Chair and 
the rest of the Board to uphold the best corporate governance standards. 
A full role description for the Company Secretary is available at nwf.co.uk/
about-us/governance/corporate-governance-statement.
Board operation
The Board normally meets ten times a year with additional meetings 
being called when required. 
The number of Board and Committee meetings held in the year ended 
31 May 2024, together with the attendance record for each Director, 
is detailed below.
Comprehensive briefing papers are circulated to Directors one week 
in advance of each scheduled meeting to allow sufficient time for 
the consideration of the papers provided.
Skills and experience
The importance of the Board having an appropriate mix of skills, 
qualities and experience in order to deliver the strategic objectives 
of the Company for the benefit of its shareholders and stakeholders 
is understood. All Directors have extensive and varied experience and 
the Board as a whole contains a diverse mix of personal qualities. The 
biographical details of the current Directors, including their skills and 
experience, are set out on pages 50 and 51. The biographical details 
of the new Non-Executive Directors are included in the Nomination 
Committee Report on page 63. The biographical details of the senior 
management team are set out on page 52. 
To ensure that the Directors have the necessary up-to-date experience, 
skills and capabilities, each Director undergoes an annual performance 
appraisal and the Board’s effectiveness as a whole is evaluated on an annual 
basis (further details can be found on page 58). A training log is maintained 
in respect of all Directors and senior management and is updated on a 
quarterly basis. In addition, the Group’s Nominated Advisor and Broker 
provides an annual briefing to the Board on areas including regulatory 
updates, the AIM Rules and Market Abuse Regulation requirements. An 
annual health and safety briefing is also provided to the Board by the Group’s 
external health and safety advisors, providing the Directors with information 
on current health and safety trends. Information on upcoming legal, 
regulatory and accounting changes are also prepared internally and 
provided to the Board as and when appropriate. 
All Directors and senior management are able to access the advice and 
services of the Company Secretary. Furthermore, all Directors have access 
to the Group’s advisors and are able, if necessary, to take independent 
professional advice in the furtherance of their duties at the Group’s expense. 
The Board and the Committees to the Board are supported by external 
advisors on a regular basis in respect of matters such as remuneration, 
pensions, taxation, property and health and safety. Deloitte LLP continued 
to act as professional advisors to the Remuneration Committee during 
the year. Grant Thornton also continued to act as the Group’s virtual 
Chief Information and Security Officer to oversee the Group’s information 
security regime.
Independence
The Board recognises the importance of the diverse expertise and 
experience brought by its Non-Executive Directors as well as the need 
for the periodical refreshing of the Board. The Board has reviewed the 
independence of each Non-Executive Director and considers that all 
are independent. The factors considered by the Board in reaching 
this conclusion included all Non-Executive Directors being financially 
independent of the Company and none of the Non-Executive Directors 
being connected with, or a, major shareholder or member of a 
stakeholder group. All Directors will continue to be re-elected on an 
annual basis and, prior to being proposed for re-election, will undergo 
a performance evaluation to ensure their performance continues to be 
effective and that their independence is maintained, where appropriate. 
Time commitment
The Board has adopted a formal time commitments (overboarding) 
policy which states that when making new appointments, and 
considering additional appointments for existing Directors, the Board 
shall take into account other demands on the Director’s time. Significant 
commitments shall be disclosed with an indication of the time involved 
and additional external appointments shall not be undertaken without 
prior approval of the Board.
Full-time Executive Directors are permitted to take a maximum of one 
non-executive directorship or other significant appointment, subject to prior 
approval of the Board. Non-Executive Directors are required to limit their 
number of board appointments to a total of five public company board roles. 
Non-Executive Directors who are in a full-time executive role can only hold 
a single non-executive role at any time. The Chair shall be a non-executive 
director and shall not be a serving full-time director on another board. 
An independent board chair role will count as two board roles. 
Non-Executive Directors’ time commitments are reviewed annually 
to ensure each Director has sufficient time to fulfil their role.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
57
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Process
The Board annually conducts an appraisal, led by the Chair and 
supported by the Company Secretary, of its performance consisting 
of individual assessments using comprehensive questionnaires 
that are completed by all Directors. An appraisal of the Chair’s 
performance is also conducted annually by the Senior Independent 
Non-Executive Director. Further, the Audit, Remuneration and 
Nomination Committees annually consider their own performance 
using prescribed questionnaires. All questionnaires are prepared 
following consideration of the QCA Code, the QCA Audit Committee 
Guide, the QCA Remuneration Committee Guide and the UK Corporate 
Governance Code, as applicable. The Board appraisal questionnaire 
in 2024 covered topics such as strategy, sustainability and 
Board composition. 
External facilitation of the Board appraisal has not been used to date, 
although this is kept under review, but does include an external view 
from the Group’s Nominated Advisor.
Feedback
Following completion of the appraisals, the results are reviewed, 
and feedback is given to the Board by the Senior Independent 
Non‑Executive Director in respect of the assessment of the Chair, 
and by the Chair in respect of the assessment of the Board as a whole. 
Feedback from the Committee appraisals is provided by the Committee 
Chairs to the Board. 
Outcomes
The appraisal conducted in 2024 was on a consistent measurement 
basis, allowing the Board to consider its performance and progress over 
a four-year period. The appraisal showed no material change in the 
score achieved compared with 2023, and consistent improvement 
compared to 2021 and 2022. Actions identified from the 2024 
appraisal included:
•	 to keep under review whether the Board appraisal should be 
externally facilitated; 
•	 to enhance disclosure of the Directors’ skill sets and how these are 
kept up to date; and
•	 to review and enhance website disclosures where appropriate.
Philip Acton
Non-Executive Chair 
30 July 2024
Seeking continuous 
improvement
Corporate governance statement continued
58
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Monitoring all aspects 
of reporting and risk
Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Audit Committee Report for the year ended 
31 May 2024.
Composition
The Audit Committee consists of the Chair and one other Non-Executive 
Director and is chaired by myself as a Senior Independent 
Non‑Executive Director. The Audit Committee met on three occasions 
during the year, consistent with the prior year. 
Responsibilities
The Audit Committee has terms of reference in place which have 
been formally approved by the Board and are made available at the 
AGM and on the Group’s website. Its primary responsibilities include 
reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control systems, 
and monitoring the integrity of the Group’s financial statements. The 
Committee reports to the Board on all these matters. The Committee 
defers to the wider Board on the matters of bribery, whistleblowing 
and modern slavery and the Group policies concerning these matters 
can be found at nwf.co.uk.
Key areas of focus in the year ended 31 May 2024
The Audit Committee has monitored the Group’s financial performance 
and resilience as market conditions have normalised, particularly within 
our Fuels and Feeds businesses. 
Whilst the planned changes to the UK Corporate Governance Code 
have been amended, the Audit Committee has continued to sponsor 
activities within the Group aimed at enhancing our internal controls 
and preparing for expected future compliance requirements. Specific 
activities this year have included building a multi-year roadmap to 
enhance our internal control framework, and expanding the use of 
internal control checklists that ensure all parts of the Group are 
following agreed control procedures.
The Audit Committee continues to pay particular attention to the 
development of the Group’s IT systems in order to ensure there is 
continued progress in enhancing the resilience of the Group’s 
information systems.
In the forthcoming financial year 2024/25, the Audit Committee will 
review our preparedness for failure to prevent fraud offence within the 
Economic Crime and Transparency Act 2023, and further development 
of our CFD disclosures, further details of which are provided on page 39.
Experience of the Audit Committee
The Audit Committee currently comprises the Chair and one 
Non‑Executive Director, both of whom are qualified accountants 
and possess extensive financial leadership experience. 
Meetings in 2024
3
(2023: 3)
Members of the Audit Committee
R J Armitage (Chair)
 
 
 
T P Acton
 
 
 
D M Moore1
 
 
 
1	
D M Moore resigned as of 28 September 2023.
	 Attended
	 Did not attend
	 Not required to attend
Richard Armitage 
Chair of the Audit Committee
Audit Committee report
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
59
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

External audit
The Audit Committee also approves the appointment and remuneration 
of the Group’s external auditors and satisfies itself that they maintain 
their independence regardless of any non-audit work performed by 
them. The Group adopts the following policy governing the performance 
of non-audit work by the auditors: the auditors are permitted to provide 
non-audit services which are not, and are not perceived to be, in 
conflict with auditor independence, providing they have the skill, 
competence and integrity to carry out the work, and are considered to 
be the most appropriate advisors to undertake such work in the best 
interests of the Group. All assignments are monitored by the Committee.
The respective responsibilities of the Directors and external auditors in 
connection with the financial statements are explained in the Statement 
of Directors’ Responsibilities on page 70 and the Auditors’ Report on 
pages 59 to 61. Details of services provided by, and fees payable to, 
the auditors are shown in note 5 of the Group financial statements.
Whilst the Audit Committee has not adopted a formal policy in respect 
of the rotation of the external auditors, one of its principal duties is to 
make recommendations to the Board in relation to the appointment 
of the external auditors. Various factors are taken into account by the 
Committee in this respect, including the quality of the reports provided 
to the Committee, the level of service provided and the level of 
understanding of the Group’s business.
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP have been the Group’s external auditors 
for many years. The Audit Committee considers that the relationship 
with the auditors is working well and remains satisfied with their 
effectiveness and independence. Accordingly, it has not considered 
it necessary to date to require the firm to re-tender for the audit work. 
The auditors are required to rotate the audit partner responsible for 
the Group and subsidiary audits every five years. The previous audit 
partner, following a period of absence, has rotated off the audit after 
a one-year term, and has been replaced by Jonathan Greenaway as 
audit partner. There are no contractual obligations restricting the 
Group’s choice of auditors. As an AIM-listed Group, the Group does 
not have a requirement to put the audit out to tender every ten years; 
however, this is kept under review by the Audit Committee to decide 
if tendering is appropriate.
Internal audit
The Group does not have a formal internal audit function but each year 
Head Office and professional advisors perform targeted reviews of 
operations and on-site visits, which are agreed in advance with the 
Audit Committee. The Head Office function performs a rolling 
programme of internal control reviews with the businesses. External 
auditors are engaged to conduct annual internal control reviews into 
specifically identified risk areas. The results of these reviews are 
communicated back to the Audit Committee. This approach is 
considered appropriate and proportionate for the size of 
the organisation.
Internal control and risk management
An internal control update is provided to the Audit Committee at each 
meeting. The principal risks are also reviewed and any changes in risk 
ratings are discussed to ensure that appropriate risk mitigations are 
in place where relevant.
Going concern
The Board has prepared cash flow forecasts for the period to 31 May 2026. 
Under this base case scenario, the Group is expected to continue to 
have significant headroom relative to the funding available to it and 
to comply with its banking covenants.
The Board has also considered a severe downside scenario based on 
a significant and sustained reduction in Fuels’ profitability alongside 
underperformance in Food and Feeds. This downside scenario excludes 
any mitigating actions that the Board would be able to take to reduce 
costs. Under this scenario, the Group would still expect to have 
sufficient headroom in its financing facilities.
Significant issues considered in relation to the 
financial statements
The Audit Committee assesses whether suitable accounting policies 
have been adopted and whether management has made appropriate 
estimates and judgements. The Committee reviews accounting papers 
prepared by management which provide details on the main financial 
reporting judgements. The Committee also reviews reports by the 
external auditors on the half year and full year results which highlight 
any issues arising from their work undertaken in respect of the half year 
review and year end audit. The specific areas of risk in relation to the 
financial statements reviewed by the Committee were:
1.	 Acquisition accounting
On 7 July 2023, Geoff Boorman Fuels LLP was acquired by the Group 
and hived up into the Fuels business on the same day. The acquisition 
and resulting intangibles balance are material balances and as such 
management has reviewed the assumptions used in deriving the 
balances, which have been considered appropriate.
2. 	The carrying value of goodwill and property, plant 
and equipment
The Group’s goodwill and property plant and equipment are material 
balances. Annual impairment reviews are performed which use key 
judgements including estimates of future business performance and 
cash generation, discount rates and long-term growth rates. The 
Committee is comfortable with the key assumptions applied and that 
no impairment of goodwill or other intangibles was required this year. 
3.	The carrying value of trade receivables
The Group holds material trade receivable balances, and the 
calculations of provisions for impairment are estimates of future events 
and therefore uncertain. The Committee has reviewed the current year 
provisions against trade receivables, including an assessment of the 
adequacy of the prior year provisions, and is satisfied with management’s 
conclusions that the provisioning levels are appropriate.
4.	Pensions including obligations and assumptions
The Group’s defined benefit pension scheme is material to its financial 
position. The amounts shown in the balance sheet are highly sensitive 
to changes in key actuarial assumptions which are set by reference 
to advice from professional advisors. Full disclosure of the pension 
scheme is provided in note 26 to the financial statements.
Audit Committee report continued
60
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

5.	Exceptional items
The Committee has considered the presentation of the Group financial 
statements and, in particular, the presentation of exceptional items. The 
Committee has discussed these items with management and agreed 
that the presentation is consistent with the Group’s accounting policy 
and provides more meaningful information to shareholders about the 
underlying performance of the Group. 
6.	Alternative performance measures (‘APMs’)
The Group refers to a number of APMs throughout the Annual Report 
and Accounts. APMs are used by the Group to provide further clarity 
and transparency on the Group’s financial performance. The APMs are 
used internally by management to monitor business performance, 
for budgeting and for determining Directors’ remuneration.
The Committee is aware that the APMs are non-IFRS measures. 
APMs used by the Group are as follows:
•	 headline operating profit, which refers to reported operating 
profit after adding back exceptional items and amortisation 
of acquired intangibles;
•	 headline profit before tax, which refers to reported profit before 
tax after adding back the net finance cost in respect of the Group’s 
defined benefit pension scheme, exceptional items and amortisation 
of acquired intangibles;
•	 headline EBITDA, which refers to reported operating profit after 
adding back exceptional items and amortisation of acquired 
intangibles. The headline EBITDA calculation excludes the impact 
of IFRS 16 depreciation;
•	 headline earnings, which refers to profit for the year after adding 
back the net finance cost in respect of the Group’s defined benefit 
pension scheme, exceptional items, amortisation of acquired 
intangibles and the exceptional impact of remeasuring deferred 
tax balances, and taking into account the tax effect thereon; 
•	 headline EPS, which refers to the reported EPS calculation based 
on headline earnings; 
•	 headline ROCE, which refers to the return on capital based 
on headline operating profit; and
•	 net debt, which is adjusted to exclude the impact of the adoption 
of IFRS 16.
The Committee considers that the APMs, all of which exclude the 
impact of non-recurring items or non-operating events, provide useful 
information for shareholders on the underlying trends and performance 
of the Group.
7.	Sustainability reporting and Climate-related 
Financial Disclosures (‘CFD’)
The Committee has considered the Group’s response to CFD 
requirements and the progress made in enhancing the disclosures. 
The Committee has discussed these items with management and 
agreed that adequate improvements have been made and a roadmap 
for future enhancements has been clearly set out.
Richard Armitage
Chair of the Audit Committee 
30 July 2024
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
61
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Nomination Committee report
Planning for the future
Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Nomination Committee Report which covers 
the year ended 31 May 2024.
Composition
The Nomination Committee consists of myself, as Chair of the 
Committee, and one independent Non-Executive Director. 
The Nomination Committee meets at least twice a year and this year 
it met on two occasions.
Responsibilities of the Nomination Committee
The Nomination Committee has an established annual schedule of 
events as well as terms of reference in place which have been formally 
approved by the Board, are annually reviewed and updated, and are 
available at www.nwf.co.uk/investors/aim-rule-26. The Committee’s 
main responsibilities include developing and maintaining a rigorous 
and transparent procedure for making recommendations on Board, 
and material subsidiary company board, appointments and ensuring 
plans are in place for orderly succession to Board and senior 
management positions. The Committee reports to the Board 
on all matters under its remit.
The Committee has a key role in ensuring the Board, its Committees 
and senior management team have the appropriate balance of skills, 
experience, qualities and capabilities they need to be successful and 
effective now, and as the businesses evolve. The process by which 
Board and other senior management appointments are determined 
is detailed in the Committee’s terms of reference.
Key areas of focus in the year ended 31 May 2024
Succession planning has been the main area of focus for the 
Nomination Committee during the year.
Specific activities undertaken include:
•	 recommendation of a successor for the outgoing Chair; and
•	 recommendation of the appointment of an additional 
Non‑Executive Director.
Meetings in 2024
2
(2023: 5)
Members of the Nomination 
Committee
T P Acton (Chair)
 
R J Armitage
 
D M Moore1
 
1	
D M Moore resigned as of 28 September 2023.
	 Attended
	 Did not attend
	 Not required to attend
Philip Acton
Chair of the Nomination Committee
62
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Succession of the Chair 
This process was led by Richard Armitage as the Senior Independent 
Director, undertaking a rigorous process to establish my successor, 
with the support of executive search and leadership consulting firm 
Odgers Berndston. Odgers Berndston is independent and has no other 
connection to the Group. 
The skills, experience, qualities and capabilities required were identified 
through interviews with each of the Executive Directors and a review of 
the results of the appraisals of the Board, its Committees, Chair and 
individuals Directors. Following a thorough evaluation of the candidates 
against the criteria identified, Amanda Burton was announced as Chair 
Designate on 18 July 2024. Amanda is an experienced Director who is 
currently Senior Independent Director and Chair of Remuneration 
Committee of HSS Hire Group PLC, Senior Independent Director of 
Elevate Services Inc, a privately owned international law company 
headquartered in Los Angeles, Chair of Remuneration Committee of 
Post Office Limited and Chair and trustee of Green Light Trust, a leading 
provider in East Anglia of education and wellbeing programmes for the 
most disadvantaged in society, using woodlands as a catalyst to engage 
with participants. Amanda was appointed to the Board on 18 July 2024 
and will be appointed as Chair on 26 September 2024 and will be subject 
to election by shareholders at the AGM to be held on that date. 
Recommendation of appointment of an 
additional Non-Executive Director
Following an extensive search, again with the help of Odgers Berndston 
the Nomination Committee recommended to the Board the appointment 
of a further Non-Executive Director, Tim Cooper. Tim brings considerable 
experience gained over 30 years from across the public and private 
sectors and across multiple industries to the Board. A former Executive 
Director of Victrex plc, Tim is currently Senior Independent Director and 
Chair of the Remuneration Committee at both Pressure Technologies plc 
and Renold plc.
Tim’s executive career includes managing director roles at Avery Berkel 
Group, Tellermate plc, Aerovac Group, Umeco Composites Process 
Materials and Victrex Polymer Solutions plc.
Tim’s appointment to the Board was announced on 18 July 2024 and his 
appointment date was 18 July 2024. He will be appointed as 
Remueration Committee Chair on 26 September 2024 and will be 
subject to elections by shareholders at the AGM to be held on that date.
Review of existing succession plans
A review of the existing succession plans for the Board has been 
undertaken during the year, with some of the outcomes of the review 
being described above. The results of the appraisals undertaken by the 
Board, its Committees and in respect of the Chair (as detailed on page 
58) have informed the development of the existing succession plans.
Succession planning will remain an area of focus for the Committee 
in 2024/25 and will be extended to encompass other senior 
management positions. 
Nomination Committee evaluation
The Committee continues to annually evaluate its performance. 
Further details can be found on page 58.
Philip Acton
Chair of the Nomination Committee
30 July 2024
Key activities in 2023/24
Board, Committee and senior management 
team composition
•	 Reviewed the composition of the Board and its Committees 
to identify the skills, experience, qualities and capabilities 
required of the Chair’s successor and the new 
Non‑Executive Director. 
•	 Undertaken a comprehensive search for a new Non‑Executive 
Director and Chair of the Remuneration Committee.
•	 Following a rigorous process recommended to the Board the 
appointment of Amanda Burton as Chair of the Board. 
Succession planning
•	 Reviewed the existing succession plans for the Board.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
63
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Directors’ remuneration report
Rewarding performance
Dear shareholder,
I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year 
ended 31 May 2024.
As an AIM-listed entity, the Group is not required to comply with 
Schedule 8 of the Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups 
(Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008 as amended, nor the 
principles in respect of Directors’ remuneration in the UK Corporate 
Governance Code 2018. Nevertheless, the Board recognises the 
importance of providing shareholders with appropriate information 
with respect to Executive remuneration and has followed the guidance 
contained in the Quoted Companies Alliance Remuneration Committee 
Guide when preparing this report. 
The aim of this report is to provide shareholders with information to 
understand our remuneration strategy and its linkage to the Group’s 
financial performance. The report consists of three sections: this 
introduction, the Directors’ remuneration policy, which, for the first 
time, will be put to shareholders for an ‘advisory ’ vote, and an annual 
report on remuneration, which will again be the subject of a separate 
‘advisory ’ shareholder vote.
The data within this report does not form part of the audited 
Annual Report and Accounts.
Composition
The Remuneration Committee consists of the Chair and one 
independent Non-Executive Director and is currently chaired by 
myself as an independent Non-Executive Director. 
Group performance in 2023/24
The Group’s financial performance is detailed in the Strategic Report 
on pages 8 to 26. Overall Group performance has been taken into 
consideration by the Remuneration Committee when determining 
remuneration matters. 
Key pay out-turns for 2023/24
For 2023/24, the performance achieved against financial and 
operational targets resulted in 93% of the maximum annual bonus 
being paid.
Given our headline earnings per share (‘EPS’) performance of 19.2p 
at 31 May 2024, 0% of the LTIP awards granted in August 2021 will vest 
in August 2024. 
Meetings in 2024
3
(2023: 8)
Members of the Remuneration 
Committee
R J Armitage (Chair)
 
 
T P Acton
 
 
D M Moore1
 
 
1	
D M Moore resigned as of 28 September 2023.
	 Attended
	 Did not attend
	 Not required to attend
Richard Armitage
Chair of the Remuneration Committee
64
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Remuneration policy review
The annual review of our remuneration policies, with our external 
advisors, has been conducted to ensure that the policies are aligned 
to growth ambitions and the current marketplace. No changes to the 
remuneration policies were required following the annual review.
Looking forward to 2024/25
During 2023/24, the Committee considered the extent to which ESG 
targets should be incorporated into the annual bonus and LTIP 
performance criteria. ESG considerations will be reflected in the 
annual bonus targets for 2024/25 through the inclusion in individual’s 
personal objectives.
An in-depth review of our remuneration policies will continue to be 
undertaken annually with the assistance of external advisors, to ensure 
alignment with the current marketplace and our growth ambitions.
A review of the structure of the annual bonus scheme will also be 
conducted in 2024/25 for all roles within the Committee’s scope, 
alongside an evaluation of job families. 
Base salary for Executive Directors
As of 1 June 2024, Chris Belsham and Katie Shortland received a 3.0% 
increase in basic salary to £392,430 and £211,150 respectively. This was 
the same as the average increase for the Group’s employees. 
Advisory vote
At the AGM to be held on 26 September 2024, this report, excluding 
the remuneration policy section, will again be subject to an ‘advisory ’ 
shareholder vote (Resolution 10). The remuneration policy will be subject 
to a separate ‘advisory ’ vote (Resolution 11).
Richard Armitage
Chair of the Remuneration Committee 
30 July 2024
Remuneration policy
The Group’s remuneration principles are as follows:
•	 remuneration structures should be appropriate to the business, efficient and cost effective in delivery;
•	 complexity is discouraged in favour of simple and understandable remuneration structures;
•	 remuneration structures should seek to align executive and shareholder interests including through a meaningful level of personal shareholding;
•	 remuneration structures should promote long-term focus through features such as deferral and measuring performance over the long term;
•	 structures should include performance adjustments (malus) and/or clawback provisions;
•	 pay should be aligned to the long-term sustainable success and the desired corporate culture throughout the organisation with increases in base 
salary of executives being aligned to, or less than, those of the wider workforce; and
•	 the Remuneration Committee ensures that rewards properly reflect business performance.
2024/25 remuneration policy
The principles of our approved remuneration policy are as follows:
Element 
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Performance metrics
Base salary
Designed to attract and retain 
Directors with the skills and 
experience needed to deliver 
long-term sustainable growth. 
Positioned competitively in line 
with the market.
Reviewed annually.
Any changes will normally take effect from 
1 June each year.
There is no maximum salary; 
however, any increase will 
usually correspond to or, 
where appropriate, be less 
than the level of increase 
applied across the Group.
Base salary reviews and any 
increases are based upon pay 
conditions throughout the 
Group, the Directors’ 
experience, skills and 
performance, market 
conditions and the Group’s 
performance.
Annual bonus
To reward and motivate based 
upon challenging personal 
objectives and budget. 
Performance is measured over one financial year 
with weightings and targets being reviewed and 
set at the start of each financial year.
Malus and clawback provisions will be applied in 
a number of cases, including, but not limited to:
•	 a gross misstatement of the performance 
of the business; or
•	 gross misconduct; or
•	 a miscalculation of the extent to which targets 
have been met.
20% of the annual bonus received for the Chief 
Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer 
roles (upon C J Belsham and K J Shortland 
assuming those roles respectively) will be subject 
to a two-year deferral period with the deferred 
bonus being in the form of Company shares.
100% of base salary.
For 2024/25, 75% of the bonus 
will be based on headline 
profit before tax performance 
with the remaining 25% 
based on the achievement 
of personal objectives.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
65
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Directors’ remuneration report continued
Element 
Operation
Maximum opportunity
Performance metrics
Long-Term Incentive Plan
To align the interests of the 
Executive Directors with 
shareholders.
Awards are usually made annually.
Performance is measured over three years.
Malus and clawback provisions will be applied in 
a number of cases, including, but not limited to:
•	 a gross misstatement of the performance 
of the business; or
•	 gross misconduct; or
•	 a miscalculation of the extent to which targets 
have been met.
Upon vesting, a Company holding period of two 
years applies to all awards made after 2020.
Executive Directors are expected to hold shares 
of value equivalent to 100% of their salary by the 
fifth anniversary of their appointment.
100% of base salary at the 
time of the award.
For 2024/25, the awards 
will be subject to EPS 
performance as follows:
•	 30% may vest for 
performance of RPI + 2% 
per annum; and
•	 up to a maximum of 100% 
may vest for performance 
of RPI + 8% per annum.
Pension and benefits
To provide a competitive 
package to attract and retain 
skilled and experienced 
Directors.
The Executive Directors are entitled to receive 
pension contributions from the Group. They can 
elect for those contributions to be paid in the form 
of taxable pension allowance or direct payments 
into a defined contribution pension scheme.
The Executive Directors are entitled to a standard 
Director benefits package, including a company 
car and private medical cover.
In respect of pension 
contributions, 6% of base 
salary for C J Belsham 
and 6% of base salary 
for K J Shortland.
For all new Executive Director 
appointments, pension 
contributions will be a 
maximum of 6% of base salary, 
in line with the wider workforce.
None.
Annual report on remuneration 2023/24
Directors’ emoluments 
 
Fees/basic
 
 
 
 
2024
2023
 
salary
Benefits
Bonus
LTIP 
Pension
Total
Total
Name of Director
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
£’000
Executive
C J Belsham
289
12
65
—
23
389
551
R A Whiting
246
15
62
—
65
388
954
K J Shortland1
137
12
102
—
9
260
—
Non-Executive
T P Acton
84
—
—
—
—
84
82
R J Armitage
45
—
—
—
—
45
43
D M Moore2
18
—
—
—
—
18
—
Aggregate emoluments
819
39
229
—
97
1,184
1,866
1	
K J Shortland was appointed on 2 October 2023, her bonus amount includes an award of £69,331, 50% of which will be paid in shares.
2	 D M Moore resigned on 28 September 2023.
Annual bonus
For the year ended 31 May 2024, Executive Directors were eligible to receive a bonus of up to 100% of base salary, subject to the achievement 
of challenging headline profit before tax targets and personal objectives. 
2024 bonus targets
Determination
Performance against targets
Up to 75% of basic salary 
based on headline profit 
before tax.
The profit element of the bonus has a minimum threshold set at 95% achievement of budget. 
If this is achieved, 30% of the maximum available bonus for this element may be paid.
If headline profit before tax is as budgeted, 50% of the maximum available bonus for 
this element may be paid.
If headline profit before tax is 125% of budget, the maximum available bonus for this 
element may be paid. 
A sliding scale operates between these thresholds.
The maximum available 
profit-related bonus will be 
paid in respect of headline 
PBT performance in FY24.
Remuneration policy continued
2024/25 remuneration policy continued
66
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

2024 bonus targets
Determination
Performance against targets
Up to 25% of base salary 
based on personal 
objectives.
C J Belsham considers the extent to which personal objectives have been achieved 
by K J Shortland to determine the award under the personal objectives element of 
the bonus. 
The Chair of the Board considers the extent to which personal objectives have been 
achieved by C J Belsham.
In both cases, the Remuneration Committee has the ultimate approval 
on the achievement. 
93% achievement of 
personal objectives.1
1	
This is the average figure for C J Belsham and K J Shortland in respect of the achievement of personal objectives.
Long-Term Incentive Plan
The table below summarises the outstanding Performance Share Plan awards. 2021 awards are based on absolute EPS performance in the year 
ending 31 May 2024. 2022 awards are based on absolute EPS performance in the year ending 31 May 2025. 2023 awards are based on absolute 
EPS performance in the year ending 31 May 2026.
Number of
Face value
Number of 
shares
Share price
shares
of shares
EPS for
vesting at
EPS for
at date of
vesting at
vesting
maximum
threshold
threshold
Performance
Award date
grant
maximum
at maximum
vesting ¹
 (30%)
vesting ¹
year ending
C J Belsham
3 August 2021 2
217.0p
85,714
£185,999
33.1p
25,714
28.3p
31 May 2024
 
31 January 2023 2
230.0p
83,261
£191,500
52.2p
24,978
44.4p
31 May 2025
1 August 2023
267.5p
73,738
£197,249
43.3p
22,121
36.6p
31 May 2026
K J Shortland
2 October 2023 2
221.0p
92,760
£205,000
43.3p
27,828
36.6p
31 May 2026
R A Whiting
3 August 2021 2,3
217.0p
130,636
£283,479
33.1p
39,191
28.3p
31 May 2024
 
31 January 2023 2,3
230.0p
80,799
£185,792
52.2p
24,234
44.4p
31 May 2025
 
1 August 20233
267.5p
30,654
£82,000
43.3p
9,196
36.6p
31 May 2026
1	
EPS targets based on headline EPS – year ended 31 May 2024 for the 2021 award, year ending 31 May 2025 for the 2022 award and year ending 31 May 2026 for the 2023 awards. EPS targets 
for maximum and threshold vesting are based on the forecast RPI as at 31 May 2024.
2	 A holding period of two years will apply to all awards made after 2020 upon vesting.
3	 The maximum and minimum number of shares available to vest have been pro-rated to reflect R A Whiting’s performance period following his retirement on 29 February 2024.
C J Belsham and R A Whiting exercised options over 107,590 and 179,066 shares respectively during the year, at the three-month average price 
of 214.81p.
On the basis of the EPS achieved for the year ended 31 May 2024, it is expected that 0% of the maximum award for C J Belsham and R A Whiting, 
in respect of the awards granted on 3 August 2021, will vest in 2024.
Directors’ interests
The Directors who held office at 31 May 2024 had the following interests in the ordinary shares of the Group:
31 May
2024
Name of Director
Number
T P Acton
30,000
R J Armitage
10,000
C J Belsham
172,845
K J Shortland
—
Payments for loss of office
No payments for loss of office were made during the year ended 31 May 2024 to previous Directors (2023: none).
Terms and conditions for Non-Executive Directors
Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts but appointment letters setting out their terms of appointment. All Non-Executive Directors 
are appointed for one year with renewal for further one-year terms if performance is satisfactory, normally renewable on a similar basis subject 
to re-election at the Group’s AGM.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
67
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Directors’ report 
for the year ended 31 May 2024
The Directors present their report together with the audited Annual 
Report and Accounts of the Parent Company (‘the Company ’) and 
the Group for the year ended 31 May 2024. 
The Directors consider that the Annual Report and Accounts, taken 
as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the 
information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group and 
Parent Company ’s performance, business model and strategy.
Business review and future developments
A review of the performance of the Group during the year, including 
principal risks and uncertainties, key performance indicators and 
comments on future developments, is included in the Strategic Report 
and is included in this report by cross-reference. The Strategic Report 
has been reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors.
Results and dividends
The Group recorded revenue in the year of £950.6 million (2023: 
£1,053.9 million) and profit after tax of £9.1 million (2023: £14.9 million).
The Directors recommend a final dividend for the year of 7.1p per share 
(2023: 6.8p) which, if approved at the AGM, will be payable on 
6 December 2024. Together with the interim dividend paid during the 
year of 1.0p per share (2023: 1.0p), this will result in a total dividend of 
8.1p per share (2023: 7.8p) amounting to £4.0 million (2023: £3.9 million).
Financial risk management
Information relating to the principal risks and uncertainties of the Group 
has been included within the Strategic Report and is included in this 
report by cross-reference. Further information relating to the financial 
risks of the Group has been included within note 23, Financial 
instruments and risk management.
Going concern
The Group’s business activities, together with the factors likely to affect 
its future development, performance and position, are set out in the Group 
Financial Review on pages 20 to 22. The financial position of the Group and 
its cash flows, liquidity position and borrowing facilities are also described 
in the Group Financial Review. In addition, note 23 of the Group financial 
statements includes the Group’s objectives, policies and processes for 
managing its capital, its financial risk management objectives, details of 
its financial instruments and hedging activities and its exposure to price, 
interest rate, credit and liquidity risk. Accordingly, the Directors, having 
made suitable enquiries, have a reasonable expectation that the Company 
and the Group have adequate resources to continue in operational 
existence for the foreseeable future based on the following factors:
•	 The Group has an agreement with NatWest Group for credit facilities 
totalling £61.0 million. With the exception of the bank overdraft facility 
of £1.0 million, which is renewed annually, these facilities are 
committed through to 31 May 2026. The Group is profitable and cash 
generative, has a strong balance sheet position and has a good 
relationship with its banker. As at 31 May 2024 the Group had available 
funds of £71.0 million (based on cash balances, invoice discounting 
availability, RCF and overdraft facilities), against which the Group was 
utilising £Nil. 
•	 The Board has prepared cash flow forecasts for the period to 
31 May 2026. Under this base case scenario, the Group is expected 
to continue to have significant headroom relative to the funding 
available to it and to comply with its banking covenants.
•	 The Board has also considered a severe downside scenario based on 
a significant and sustained reduction in Fuels’ profitability alongside 
underperformance in Food and Feeds. This downside scenario 
excludes any mitigating actions that the Board would be able to take 
to reduce costs. Under this scenario, the Group would still expect 
to have sufficient headroom in its financing facilities.
•	 On the basis of the above, the Directors continue to adopt the going 
concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements.
Forward-looking statements
The Annual Report and Accounts include certain statements that are 
forward-looking statements. These statements appear in a number 
of places throughout the Strategic Report and include statements 
regarding the Group’s intentions, beliefs or current expectations and 
those of its officers, Directors and employees concerning, amongst 
other things, the results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, 
prospects, growth and strategies of the Group’s businesses. By their 
nature, these statements involve uncertainty since future events and 
circumstances can cause results and developments to differ materially 
from those anticipated.
Directors and their interests
The Directors of the Company who were in office during the year and 
up to the date of signing the financial statements were:
•	 Philip Acton
•	 Richard Armitage 
•	 Chris Belsham 
•	 Katie Shortland (appointed 2 October 2023)
•	 Amanda Burton (appointed 18 July 2024)
•	 Tim Cooper (appointed 18 July 2024)
•	 Richard Whiting (resigned 29 February 2024)
•	 Dawn Moore (resigned 28 September 2023)
The Directors who held office as at 31 May 2024 had the following 
interests in the ordinary shares of the Group.
31 May
2024
Name of Director
Number
T P Acton
30,000
R J Armitage
10,000
C J Belsham
172,845
K J Shortland
—
In addition to the interests in ordinary shares shown above, the Group 
operates a Performance Share Plan (‘the LTIP’) for senior executives, 
under which certain Directors have been granted conditional share 
awards. Subject to achieving performance targets, the maximum 
number of ordinary shares which could be issued to Directors in the 
future under such awards is shown below:
 
31 May
 
2024
 
Number
C J Belsham 
242,713
K J Shortland
92,760
Further information on the Directors’ interests in the LTIP conditional 
share awards can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report.
The market price of the Group’s shares at the end of the financial year 
was 190.5p (31 May 2023: 259.5p) and the range of market prices during 
the year was between 173.5p and 275.0p.
No changes took place in the interests of Directors between 31 May 2024 
and the date of signing the financial statements.
Further details on related party transactions with Directors are provided 
in note 31 of the Group financial statements.
Directors’ indemnities
The Group has made qualifying third party indemnity provisions for 
the benefit of the Directors, which were in force during the year and 
up to the date of this report.
68
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Major shareholdings as at 31 May 2024
Name of shareholder
Number
%
Close Brothers Asset Management
2,721,578 
5.50
Interactive Investor
2,576,954
5.21
Festa Lífeyrissjóður
2,382,389
4.82
Sameinaði Lífeyrisjóðurinn
2,382,389
4.82
Lífeyrissjóður Vestmannaeyja
2,382,389
4.82
Cazenove Capital Management
1,894,494
3.83
Schroder Investment Management
1,703,653
3.45
Hargreaves Lansdown
1,552,307
3.14
Employee engagement
The Group systematically provides employees with information on 
matters of concern to them, consulting them or their representatives 
regularly, so that their views can be taken into account when making 
decisions that are likely to affect their interests. Employee involvement 
in the Group is encouraged, as achieving a common awareness on the 
part of all employees of the financial and economic factors affecting 
the Group plays a major role in its performance.
The Group is committed to an active equal opportunities policy 
from recruitment and selection, through training and development, 
performance reviews and promotion to retirement. The Group’s policy 
is to promote an environment free from discrimination, harassment and 
victimisation, where all employees receive equal treatment regardless 
of gender, colour, ethnic or national origin, health condition, disabilities, 
age, marital or civil partner status, sexual orientation or religion. 
All decisions relating to employment practices will be objective, free 
from bias and based solely upon work criteria and individual merit.
Further information and examples of the Group’s engagement with 
our employees can be found in our Section 172 Statement on page 44 
and sustainability strategy on pages 27 and 37.
Business relationships
The Group recognises its responsibility to act fairly in our engagements 
with customers, suppliers, investors and any regulators, all of whom 
are integral to the success of the Group. The strength of the Group’s 
business relationships is vital and the Group aims to collaborate with 
customers and suppliers to deliver long-term sustainable solutions.
Further information and examples of the Group’s engagement with 
customers, suppliers and others can be found in our Section 172 
Statement on pages 44 to 48 and sustainability strategy on pages 27 
to 37. 
Takeover Directive requirements
The Group has one class of equity share, namely 25p ordinary shares. 
The shares have equal voting rights and there are no special rights or 
restrictions attaching to any of them or their transfer to other persons.
Rules governing the appointment and replacement of Directors, and 
those relating to the amendment of the Group’s Articles of Association, 
are contained within those Articles of Association, a copy of which is 
located on the Group’s website (www.nwf.co.uk).
Notice of AGM
A Notice of AGM, with explanatory notes, accompanies these 
financial statements.
Corporate governance
The Group’s statement on corporate governance can be found in the 
Corporate Governance Statement which is incorporated by reference 
and forms part of this Directors’ Report.
Independent auditors
The auditors, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, have indicated their 
willingness to continue in office and a resolution concerning their 
reappointment will be proposed at the AGM.
By order of the Board
Tom Harland
Company Secretary
Wardle 
Nantwich 
Cheshire 
CW5 6BP
Registered number: 02264971 
30 July 2024
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
69
Financial statements
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
ESG framework

Statement of Directors’ responsibilities in respect of the financial statements
for the year ended 31 May 2024
The Directors are responsible for preparing the Annual Report and 
Accounts and the financial statements in accordance with applicable 
law and regulation.
Company law requires the Directors to prepare financial statements 
for each financial year. Under that law the Directors have prepared the 
Group financial statements in accordance with UK-adopted International 
Accounting Standards (‘IFRS’) and the Parent Company financial 
statements in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted 
Accounting Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, 
comprising FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’, and 
applicable law).
Under company law, Directors must not approve the financial 
statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view 
of the state of affairs of the Group and Parent Company and of the profit 
or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing the financial 
statements, the Directors are required to:
•	 select suitable accounting policies and then apply them consistently;
•	 state whether applicable UK-adopted International Accounting 
Standards have been followed for the Group financial statements 
and United Kingdom Accounting Standards, comprising FRS 101, have 
been followed for the Parent Company financial statements, subject 
to any material departures disclosed and explained in the 
financial statements;
•	 make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable and 
prudent; and
•	 prepare the financial statements on the going concern basis unless 
it is inappropriate to presume that the Group and Parent Company 
will continue in business.
The Directors are responsible for safeguarding the assets of the Group 
and Parent Company and hence for taking reasonable steps for the 
prevention and detection of fraud and other irregularities.
The Directors are also responsible for keeping adequate accounting 
records that are sufficient to show and explain the Group’s and Parent 
Company ’s transactions and disclose with reasonable accuracy at any 
time the financial position of the Group and Parent Company and enable 
them to ensure that the financial statements comply with the 
Companies Act 2006.
The Directors are responsible for the maintenance and integrity of 
the Parent Company ’s website. Legislation in the United Kingdom 
governing the preparation and dissemination of financial statements 
may differ from legislation in other jurisdictions.
Directors’ confirmations
In the case of each Director in office at the date the Directors’ Report 
is approved:
•	 so far as the Director is aware, there is no relevant audit information 
of which the Group’s and Parent Company ’s auditors are unaware; and
•	 they have taken all the steps that they ought to have taken as a 
Director in order to make themselves aware of any relevant audit 
information and to establish that the Group’s and Parent Company ’s 
auditors are aware of that information.
By order of the Board
Tom Harland
Company Secretary
Wardle 
Nantwich
Cheshire 
CW5 6BP
Registered number: 02264971 
30 July 2024
70
ESG framework
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024

Independent auditors’ report
to the members of NWF Group plc
Report on the audit of the financial statements
Opinion
In our opinion:
•	 NWF Group plc’s Group financial statements and Parent Company financial statements (the ‘financial statements’) give a true and fair view 
of the state of the Group’s and of the Parent Company ’s affairs as at 31 May 2024 and of the Group’s profit and the Group’s cash flows for the year 
then ended;
•	 the Group financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards as applied 
in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006;
•	 the Parent Company financial statements have been properly prepared in accordance with United Kingdom Generally Accepted Accounting 
Practice (United Kingdom Accounting Standards, including FRS 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure Framework’, and applicable law); and
•	 the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with the requirements of the Companies Act 2006.
We have audited the financial statements, included within the Annual Report and Accounts (the ‘Annual Report’), which comprise: the Consolidated 
and Parent Company balance sheets as at 31 May 2024; the Consolidated income statement, the Consolidated and Parent Company statements of 
comprehensive income, the Consolidated and Parent Company statements of changes in equity and the Consolidated cash flow statement for the 
year then ended; and the notes to the financial statements, comprising material accounting policy information and other explanatory information.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (UK) (‘ISAs (UK)’) and applicable law. Our responsibilities under 
ISAs (UK) are further described in the Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements section of our report. We believe that 
the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We remained independent of the Group in accordance with the ethical requirements that are relevant to our audit of the financial statements in 
the UK, which includes the FRC’s Ethical Standard, as applicable to listed entities, and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in 
accordance with these requirements.
Our audit approach
Overview
Audit scope
•	 The Group consists of four trading components alongside its Parent Company and other holding companies. Our audit focused on those 
components with the most significant contribution to the Group’s results, being NWF Agriculture Limited, NWF Fuels Limited, Boughey 
Distribution Limited along with NWF Group plc (the ‘Parent Company ’).
•	 The components within the scope of our work accounted for 97% of Group revenue and 95% of Group profit before tax.
Key audit matters
•	 Defined benefit pension plan liabilities (Group and Parent).
Materiality
•	 Overall Group materiality: £570,000 (2023: £944,000) based on 5% of adjusted profit before tax.
•	 Overall Parent Company materiality: £489,000 (2023: £520,000) based on 1% of total assets.
•	 Performance materiality: £427,000 (2023: £708,000) (Group) and £366,000 (2023: £390,000) (Parent Company).
The scope of our audit
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material misstatement in the financial statements.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in the auditors’ professional judgement, were of most significance in the audit of the financial statements 
of the current period and include the most significant assessed risks of material misstatement (whether or not due to fraud) identified by the auditors, 
including those which had the greatest effect on: the overall audit strategy; the allocation of resources in the audit; and directing the efforts of the 
engagement team. These matters, and any comments we make on the results of our procedures thereon, were addressed in the context of our audit 
of the financial statements as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these matters.
This is not a complete list of all risks identified by our audit.
Calculation of the fair value of the intangible assets acquired, which was a key audit matter last year, is no longer included because of the significantly 
lower carrying value of acquired intangibles within the current period. Otherwise, the key audit matters below are consistent with last year.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
71
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Key audit matters continued
Key audit matter
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Defined benefit pension plan liabilities (Group and Parent) 
Refer to note 2 (Material accounting policies), page 87 (Critical accounting 
estimates and judgements) and note 26 (Retirement benefit obligations) within 
the Notes to the Group financial statements and note 1 (Material accounting 
policies) and page 117 (Critical accounting estimates and judgements) within 
the Notes to the Parent Company financial statements.
The Group and the Parent Company have a defined benefit pension plan net 
liability of £4.5 million (2023: £9.6 million), which is significant in the context 
of both the overall balance sheet of the Group and the Parent Company.
A major constituent of this net liability is the value attributed to the gross 
liabilities of the pension scheme. The valuation of these gross liabilities of 
£37.4 million (2023: £39.2 million) requires significant judgement and expertise 
primarily in respect of the key actuarial assumptions used. These 
assumptions include both financial assumptions, e.g. the discount rate and 
inflation, but also key demographic assumptions, e.g. mortality rates.
Modest changes in a number of these key assumptions can have a material 
impact on the calculation of the liability and therefore a significant effect on 
the financial position of the Group and the Parent Company. We therefore 
focused our work on this area.
We performed the following procedures:
•	 obtained the external actuary’s report used in valuing the 
scheme’s liabilities. Using our experience of the valuation of similar 
schemes,and our own pension specialists, we challenged a number 
of the key inputs in the report and evaluated the methodologies 
adopted by the actuary in forming the valuation consistent 
with industry practice and our expectations;
•	 agreed the key financial assumptions used within the valuation of the 
scheme’s liabilities, including the discount and inflation rates, to our 
internally developed benchmarks. Further we considered the 
appropriateness and reasonableness of the approach taken to 
setting the mortality assumptions;
•	 assessed the membership data used in valuing the schemes’ liabilities 
and tested any significant changes since the last valuation; and
•	 reviewed the related disclosures within the financial statements for 
reasonableness and to determine if they are consistent with relevant 
accounting standards.
Based on our work performed, we concluded that the actuarial 
assumptions used in calculating the pension liability were within an 
acceptable range and appropriate disclosures have been made in the 
financial statements.
How we tailored the audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit to ensure that we performed enough work to be able to give an opinion on the financial statements as 
a whole, taking into account the structure of the Group and the Parent Company, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry 
in which they operate.
The Group is organised into eight reporting components consisting of four trading entities, along with a Parent Company and three holding 
companies and the Group financial statements are a consolidation of these reporting components. The reporting components vary in size. 
The trading entities are all based in the UK and operate their own accounting function, which report to the Group finance team.
Our audit focused on those components with the most significant contribution to the Group’s results, being NWF Agriculture Limited, 
NWF Fuels Limited and Boughey Distribution Limited along with NWF Group plc (the ‘Parent Company ’).
Audit work across the Group, including the trading entities and Parent Company, was performed by the same audit team based out of our 
Manchester office.
The impact of climate risk on our audit
As part of our audit we made enquiries of management to understand the extent of the potential impact of climate risk on the Group’s and Parent 
Company ’s financial statements, and we remained alert when performing our audit procedures for any indicators of the impact of climate risk. 
Our procedures did not identify any material impact as a result of climate risk on the Group’s and Parent Company ’s financial statements.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
72
Financial statements
Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of NWF Group plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Our audit approach continued
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. We set certain quantitative thresholds for materiality. These, together with 
qualitative considerations, helped us to determine the scope of our audit and the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures on the individual 
financial statement line items and disclosures and in evaluating the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate on the financial 
statements as a whole.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined materiality for the financial statements as a whole as follows:
Financial statements – Group
Financial statements – Parent Company
Overall materiality
£570,000 (2023: £944,000).
£489,000 (2023: £520,000).
How we determined it
5% of adjusted profit before tax.
1% of total assets.
Rationale for benchmark applied
Profit before tax is considered to be a key 
metric to assess the performance of the 
Group, and is a generally accepted auditing 
benchmark. In the current year, profit before 
tax was adjusted for exceptional items of 
£0.8 million (2023: £nil).
Total assets are considered to be appropriate 
as the Parent Company is not profit oriented.
The Parent Company is a holding company, with 
assets relating to investments in subsidiaries 
and investment property which is utilised by 
the Group’s trading entities. Total assets is a 
generally accepted auditing benchmark. The 
Company has been included as a full scope 
component in the scope of the Group audit and 
was audited to a lower capped materiality.
For each component in the scope of our Group audit, we allocated a materiality that is less than our overall Group materiality. The range of materiality 
allocated across components was between £260,000 and £540,000.
We use performance materiality to reduce to an appropriately low level the probability that the aggregate of uncorrected and undetected 
misstatements exceeds overall materiality. Specifically, we use performance materiality in determining the scope of our audit and the nature and 
extent of our testing of account balances, classes of transactions and disclosures, for example in determining sample sizes. Our performance 
materiality was 75% (2023: 75%) of overall materiality, amounting to £427,000 (2023: £708,000) for the Group financial statements and £366,000 
(2023: £390,000) for the Parent Company financial statements.
In determining the performance materiality, we considered a number of factors – the history of misstatements, risk assessment and aggregation risk 
and the effectiveness of controls – and concluded that an amount at the upper end of our normal range was appropriate.
We agreed with those charged with governance that we would report to them misstatements identified during our audit above £28,500 (Group audit) 
(2023: £45,000) and £24,000 (Parent Company audit) (2023: £21,000) as well as misstatements below those amounts that, in our view, warranted 
reporting for qualitative reasons.
Conclusions relating to going concern
Our evaluation of the members’ assessment of the Group’s and the Parent Company ’s ability to continue to adopt the going concern basis of 
accounting included:
•	 We assessed management’s basecase forecast, as well as their severe but plausible downside scenario, which have formed the basis for the 
Group’s assessment and conclusions with respect to their ability to continue as a going concern;
•	 We obtained the terms of the Group’s financing facility and related covenants, and considered the availability of bank facilities and compliance 
with covenants over the going concern period;
•	 We agreed the opening position of the Group’s cash flow forecasts to the June 2024 management accounts. We also agreed the gross debt and 
cash per the 31 May 2024 audited financial statements to the cash flow forecast;
•	 We evaluated the historical accuracy of the budgeting process to assess the reliability of the forecasts;
•	 We held discussions with management to assess and challenge the key assumptions made, using our knowledge of the business and industry 
and performed sensitivities over the key assumptions; and
•	 We reviewed the disclosures within the Annual Report and Accounts with respect to going concern and are satisfied that they are consistent 
with the assessment performed.
Based on the work we have performed, we have not identified any material uncertainties relating to events or conditions that, individually or 
collectively, may cast significant doubt on the Group’s and the Parent Company ’s ability to continue as a going concern for a period of at least 
12 months from when the financial statements are authorised for issue.
In auditing the financial statements, we have concluded that the members’ use of the going concern basis of accounting in the preparation of the 
financial statements is appropriate.
However, because not all future events or conditions can be predicted, this conclusion is not a guarantee as to the Group’s and the Parent 
Company ’s ability to continue as a going concern.
Our responsibilities and the responsibilities of the members with respect to going concern are described in the relevant sections of this report.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
73
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Reporting on other information
The other information comprises all of the information in the Annual Report other than the financial statements and our Auditors’ Report thereon. 
The members are responsible for the other information. Our opinion on the financial statements does not cover the other information and, 
accordingly, we do not express an audit opinion or, except to the extent otherwise explicitly stated in this report, any form of assurance thereon.
In connection with our audit of the financial statements, our responsibility is to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether 
the other information is materially inconsistent with the financial statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or otherwise appears to 
be materially misstated. If we identify an apparent material inconsistency or material misstatement, we are required to perform procedures to 
conclude whether there is a material misstatement of the financial statements or a material misstatement of the other information. If, based 
on the work we have performed, we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to report that fact. 
We have nothing to report based on these responsibilities.
With respect to the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report, we also considered whether the disclosures required by the UK Companies Act 2006 
have been included.
Based on our work undertaken in the course of the audit, the Companies Act 2006 requires us also to report certain opinions and matters as 
described below.
Strategic Report and Directors’ Report
In our opinion, based on the work undertaken in the course of the audit, the information given in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report for 
the year ended 31 May 2024 is consistent with the financial statements and has been prepared in accordance with applicable legal requirements.
In light of the knowledge and understanding of the Group and Parent Company and their environment obtained in the course of the audit, 
we did not identify any material misstatements in the Strategic Report and Directors’ Report.
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit
Responsibilities of the members for the financial statements
As explained more fully in the Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities, the members are responsible for the preparation of the financial statements 
in accordance with the applicable framework and for being satisfied that they give a true and fair view. The members are also responsible for such 
internal control as they determine is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error.
In preparing the financial statements, the members are responsible for assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company ’s ability to continue as a 
going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the members 
either intend to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement, whether 
due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditors’ report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance, but is not a 
guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (UK) will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise 
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the economic 
decisions of users taken on the basis of these financial statements.
Irregularities, including fraud, are instances of non-compliance with laws and regulations. We design procedures in line with our responsibilities, 
outlined above, to detect material misstatements in respect of irregularities, including fraud. The extent to which our procedures are capable 
of detecting irregularities, including fraud, is detailed below.
Based on our understanding of the Group and industry, we identified that the principal risks of non-compliance with laws and regulations related 
to the Companies Act 2006, AIM listing rules and UK tax legislation, and we considered the extent to which non-compliance might have a material 
effect on the financial statements. We evaluated management’s incentives and opportunities for fraudulent manipulation of the financial 
statements (including the risk of override of controls), and determined that the principal risks were related to posting inappropriate journal entries 
to improve financial performance, and management bias in accounting estimates and judgements. Audit procedures performed by the 
engagement team included:
•	 discussions with the Audit Committee and management including consideration of known or suspected instances of non-compliance with laws 
and regulation or fraud;
•	 reviewing minutes of meetings of those charged with governance;
•	 identifying and testing journal entries, in particular those with unusual account combinations which impact revenue or reduce expenditure 
to manipulate the financial performance of the Group; and
•	 assessing key judgements and estimates made by management for evidence of inappropriate bias, including the valuation of the defined benefit 
pension plan liabilities and the calculation of the fair value of the intangible assets acquired.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
74
Financial statements
Independent auditors’ report continued
to the members of NWF Group plc

Report on the audit of the financial statements continued
Responsibilities for the financial statements and the audit continued
Auditors’ responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements continued
There are inherent limitations in the audit procedures described above. We are less likely to become aware of instances of non-compliance with 
laws and regulations that are not closely related to events and transactions reflected in the financial statements. Also, the risk of not detecting a 
material misstatement due to fraud is higher than the risk of not detecting one resulting from error, as fraud may involve deliberate concealment 
by, for example, forgery or intentional misrepresentations, or through collusion.
Our audit testing might include testing complete populations of certain transactions and balances, possibly using data auditing techniques. 
However, it typically involves selecting a limited number of items for testing, rather than testing complete populations. We will often seek to target 
particular items for testing based on their size or risk characteristics. In other cases, we will use audit sampling to enable us to draw a conclusion 
about the population from which the sample is selected.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the financial statements is located on the FRC’s website at: www.frc.org.uk/
auditorsresponsibilities. This description forms part of our Auditors’ Report.
Use of this report
This report, including the opinions, has been prepared for and only for the Parent Company ’s members as a body in accordance with Chapter 3 
of Part 16 of the Companies Act 2006 and for no other purpose. We do not, in giving these opinions, accept or assume responsibility for any other 
purpose or to any other person to whom this report is shown or into whose hands it may come save where expressly agreed by our prior consent 
in writing.
Other required reporting
Companies Act 2006 exception reporting
Under the Companies Act 2006 we are required to report to you if, in our opinion:
•	 we have not obtained all the information and explanations we require for our audit; or
•	 adequate accounting records have not been kept by the Parent Company, or returns adequate for our audit have not been received from 
branches not visited by us; or
•	 certain disclosures of members’ remuneration specified by law are not made; or
•	 the Parent Company financial statements are not in agreement with the accounting records and returns.
We have no exceptions to report arising from this responsibility. 
Jonathan Greenaway (Senior Statutory Auditor)
for and on behalf of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
Chartered Accountants and Statutory Auditors
Manchester
30 July 2024
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
75
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Consolidated income statement 
for the year ended 31 May 2024
2024
2023
Note
£m
£m
Revenue
3,4
950.6
1,053.9
Cost of sales
(903.4)
(999.8)
Gross profit
47.2
54.1
Administrative expenses
(32.9)
(33.5)
Headline operating profit1
14.2
21.0
Exceptional income
5
1.3
—
Exceptional expenses
5
(0.5)
— 
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
14
(0.7)
(0.4)
Operating profit
14.3
20.6
Finance costs
7
(2.1)
(1.7)
Headline profit before taxation1
12.5
19.6
Net finance cost in respect of the defined benefit pension scheme
(0.4)
(0.3)
Exceptional income
5
1.3
—
Exceptional expenses
5
(0.5)
— 
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
14
(0.7)
(0.4)
Profit before taxation
5
12.2
18.9
Income taxation expense
8
(3.1)
(4.0)
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders
9.1
14.9
Earnings per share (pence)
Basic
10
18.4
30.2
Diluted
10
18.4
30.1
Headline earnings per share (pence)1
Basic
10
19.2
31.4
Diluted
10
19.2
31.3
1	
Headline operating profit is statutory operating profit of £14.3 million (2023: £20.6 million) before exceptional income of £1.3 million ( 2023: £Nil), exceptional expenses of £0.5 million (2023: £Nil) 
and amortisation of acquired intangibles of £0.7 million (2023: £0.4 million). Headline profit before taxation is statutory profit before taxation of £12.2 million (2023: £18.9 million) after adding 
back the net finance cost in respect of the Group’s defined benefit pension scheme of £0.4 million (2023: £0.3 million), the exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles. Headline 
earnings per share also takes into account the taxation effect thereon.
The results relate to continuing operations (2023: continued operations).
The notes on pages 81 to 111 form part of these Group financial statements.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
76
Financial statements

Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 May 2024
2024
2023
Note
£m
£m
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders
9.1
14.9
Items that will not be reclassified to income statement:
Remeasurement gain/(loss) on defined benefit pension scheme
26
3.1
(2.3)
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to income statement
(0.7)
1.0
Total other comprehensive income/(expense)
2.4
(1.3)
Total comprehensive income for the year
11.5
13.6
The notes on pages 81 to 111 form part of these Group financial statements.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
77
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

2024
2023
Note
£m
£m
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
12
49.0
43.7
Right of use assets
13
45.9
29.1
Intangible assets
14
33.3
31.8
128.2
104.6
Current assets
Inventories
15
8.1
7.4
Trade and other receivables
16
88.7
87.4
Current taxation assets
0.6
—
Reimbursement assets
17
1.8
1.7
Cash and cash equivalents
18
10.0
16.3
Derivative financial instruments
23
0.3
0.2
109.5
113.0
Total assets
237.7
217.6
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
19
(91.1)
(92.5)
Current taxation liabilities
—
(0.8)
Lease liabilities
21
(8.0)
(9.8)
Provisions for liabilities
22
(1.9)
(1.9)
Derivative financial instruments
23
—
(0.1)
(101.0)
(105.1)
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
21
(38.3)
(20.0)
Provisions for liabilities
22
(1.4)
(0.8)
Deferred taxation liabilities
24
(7.1)
(4.2)
Retirement benefit obligations
26
(4.5)
(9.6)
(51.3)
(34.6)
Total liabilities
(152.3)
(139.7)
Net assets
85.4
77.9
Equity
Share capital
25
12.4
12.4
Share premium
0.9
0.9
Retained earnings
72.1
64.6
Total shareholders’ funds
85.4
77.9
The Group financial statements on pages 76 to 111 were approved by the Board of Directors on 30 July 2024 and were signed on its behalf by:
C J Belsham 	
	
K J Shortland
Director 	 	
	
Director
The notes on pages 81 to 111 form part of these Group financial statements.
Consolidated balance sheet
as at 31 May 2024
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
78
Financial statements

Consolidated statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 May 2024
Total
Share
Share
Retained
shareholders’
capital
premium
earnings
funds
£m
£m
£m
£m
Balance at 1 June 2022
12.3
0.9
54.9
68.1
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders
—
—
14.9
14.9
Items that will not be reclassified to income statement:
Remeasurement gain on defined benefit pension scheme (note 26)
—
—
(2.3)
(2.3)
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to income statement 
—
—
1.0
1.0
Total other comprehensive expense
—
—
(1.3)
(1.3)
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
—
13.6
13.6
Transactions with owners:
Issue of shares
0.1
—
(0.1)
—
Dividends paid (note 9)
—
—
(3.7)
(3.7)
Value of employee services 
—
—
(0.6)
(0.6)
Credit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments
—
—
0.5
0.5
Total transactions with owners
0.1
—
(3.9)
(3.8)
Balance at 31 May 2023
12.4
0.9
64.6
77.9
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders
—
—
9.1
9.1
Items that will not be reclassified to income statement:
Remeasurement gain on defined benefit pension scheme (note 26)
—
—
3.1
3.1
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to income statement 
—
—
(0.7)
(0.7)
Total other comprehensive income
—
—
2.4
2.4
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
—
11.5
11.5
Transactions with owners:
Dividends paid (note 9)
—
—
(3.9)
(3.9)
Debit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments
—
—
(0.1)
(0.1)
Total transactions with owners
—
—
(4.0)
(4.0)
Balance at 31 May 2024
12.4
0.9
72.1
85.4
The notes on pages 81 to 111 form part of these Group financial statements.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
79
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Consolidated cash flow statement
for the year ended 31 May 2024
2024
2023
Note
£m
£m
Net cash generated from operations
28
25.3
37.0
Net finance costs
(1.7)
(1.4)
Income tax paid
(2.7)
(3.1)
Net cash generated from operating activities
20.9
32.5
Cash flows used in investing activities
Purchase of intangible assets
14
—
(0.1)
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
12
(10.3)
(3.1)
Capitalised costs associated with leases
(1.1)
—
Acquisition of trade and assets – cash paid (net of cash acquired)
(2.6)
(9.5)
Proceeds on sale of property, plant and equipment
0.6
1.0
Net cash used in investing activities
(13.4)
(11.7)
Cash flows used in financing activities
Principal elements of lease payments
(9.9)
(9.9)
Dividends paid
9
(3.9)
(3.7)
Net cash used in financing activities
(13.8)
(13.6)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash and cash equivalents
29
(6.3)
7.2
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
29
16.3
9.1
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
29
10.0
16.3
The notes on pages 81 to 111 form part of these Group financial statements.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
80
Financial statements

1. General information
NWF Group plc (‘the Company ’) is a public limited company incorporated and domiciled in England, United Kingdom, under the Companies Act 
2006. The principal activities of NWF Group plc and its subsidiaries (together ‘the Group’) are the sale and distribution of fuel oils, the warehousing 
and distribution of ambient groceries and the manufacture and sale of animal feeds. Further information on the nature of the Group’s operations 
and principal activities is set out in note 4 of the Group financial statements.
The address of the Company ’s registered office is Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP. The Company has its primary listing on AIM, part of the 
London Stock Exchange.
The Group financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 30 July 2024.
2. The Group’s material accounting policies
The Group’s material accounting policies are set out below. 
Basis of preparation
The Group financial statements have been prepared in accordance with UK-adopted International Accounting Standards (‘IFRS’) and with the 
requirements of the Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under those standards. The Group financial statements have been 
prepared under the going concern basis and on the historical cost convention modified for the revaluation of certain financial instruments.
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with IFRS requires the use of certain critical accounting estimates, which are outlined in 
the critical accounting estimates and judgements section of these accounting policies. It also requires management to exercise its judgement 
in the process of applying the Group’s accounting policies. The accounting policies have been applied consistently throughout the period, other 
than where new policies have been adopted.
Going concern
Based on financial performance to date and forecasts along with the available banking facilities, there is a reasonable expectation that the Group 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future. The Group therefore continues to adopt the going concern 
basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements.
The Group’s banking facilities, provided by NatWest Group, were renewed on 31 May 2023, are committed until 31 May 2026 and provide a credit 
facility of £61.0 million, which includes a £1.0 million overdraft that is renewed annually. The Group is profitable and cash generative and has 
a strong balance sheet position and a good relationship with its lender. As at 31 May 2024 the Group had available funds of £71.0 million 
(based on cash balances, invoice discounting availability, RCF and overdraft facilities) against which the Group has not utilised.
The Board has prepared cash flow forecasts for the period to 31 May 2026. Under this base case scenario, the Group is expected to continue 
to have significant headroom relative to the funding available to it and to comply with its banking covenants.
The Board has also considered a severe downside scenario based on a significant and sustained reduction in Fuels’ profitability alongside 
underperformance in Food and Feeds. This downside scenario excludes any mitigating actions that the Board would be able to take to reduce costs. 
Under this scenario, the Group would still expect to have sufficient headroom in its financing facilities.
The Group therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements.
Alternative performance measures (‘APMs’)
The Directors consider that the; headline operating profit, headline profit before taxation, headline EBITDA, headline ROCE and headline earnings 
per share measures, referred to in these Group financial statements, provide useful information for shareholders on underlying trends 
and performance. 
Headline operating profit is reported operating profit after adding back exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles.
Headline profit before taxation is reported profit before taxation after adding back the net finance cost in respect of the Group’s defined benefit 
pension scheme, exceptional items and amortisation of acquired intangibles, to show the underlying performance of the Group.
As the headline operating profit and headline profit before taxation exclude the income or costs detailed above the Directors acknowledge this 
may result in the headline metrics being materially higher or lower than the statutory operating profit and profit before tax.
Headline EBITDA refers to reported operating profit after adding back exceptional items, depreciation on property, plant and equipment and 
amortisation of acquired intangibles. The headline EBITDA calculation excludes the impact of IFRS 16 depreciation.
Headline ROCE refers to the return on capital employed calculated as headline operating profit as a proportion of year end net assets.
The calculation of headline earnings includes any exceptional impact of remeasuring deferred tax balances. The calculations of basic and diluted 
headline earnings per share are shown in note 10 of the Group financial statements.
Adoption of new and revised standards
The following new standards, amendments to standards or interpretations are mandatory for the first time for the financial year beginning 
1 June 2023.
Notes to the Group financial statements
for the year ended 31 May 2024
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
81
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
2. The Group’s material accounting policies continued
Adoption of new and revised standards continued
The Company has adopted the following new standards, amendments and interpretations now applicable. None of these standards and 
interpretations have had any material effect on the Company ’s results or net assets.
Standard or interpretation
Content
Applicable for financial year
beginning on 
Amendments to FRS 101 and FRS 102
International Tax Reform
1 January 2023
Amendments to IAS 1
Presentation of Financial Statements
1 June 2023
Amendments to IAS 8 
Accounting Policies
1 June 2023
Amendments to IAS 12
Income Taxes
1 June 2023
Amendments to IFRS 17
Insurance Contracts
1 June 2023
IFRS Practice Statement 2
Making Materiality Judgements
1 June 2023
The following standards, amendments and interpretations are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by the Company:
Standard or interpretation
Content
Applicable for financial year
beginning on 
Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7
Supplier Finance
1 January 2024
Amendments to IAS 1
Non-current Liabilities with Covenants
1 June 2024
Amendments to IFRS 16
Leases on Sale and Leaseback
1 June 2024
These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the Company in the current or future reporting periods or on foreseeable 
future transactions.
Consolidation
The Group financial statements incorporate the financial statements of NWF Group plc (‘the Company ’) and entities controlled by the Company 
(its ‘subsidiaries’) made up to 31 May each year. Control is achieved where the Company has the power to govern the financial and operating policies 
of an investee entity so as to obtain benefits from its activities.
Subsidiaries are fully consolidated from the date on which control is transferred to the Group. They are de-consolidated from the date that 
control ceases.
The acquisition of subsidiaries is accounted for using the acquisition method. The consideration transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary 
is the fair value of the assets transferred, the liabilities incurred and the equity interests issued by the Company. The consideration transferred 
includes the fair value of any asset or liability resulting from a contingent consideration arrangement. Acquisition-related costs are expensed as 
incurred. Identifiable assets acquired, liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a business combination are measured initially at their 
fair values at the acquisition date. On an acquisition-by-acquisition basis, the Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquiree either 
at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s proportionate share of the acquiree’s net assets.
The excess of the consideration transferred, the amount of any non-controlling interest in the acquiree and the acquisition date fair value of 
any previous equity interest in the acquiree over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. 
If this is less than the fair value of the net assets of the subsidiary acquired in the case of a bargain purchase, the difference is recognised directly 
in the income statement.
Intercompany transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also 
eliminated. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group.
If the initial accounting for a business combination is incomplete by the end of the first reporting period in which the combination occurs, the Group 
reports provisional amounts for the items for which the accounting is incomplete. Those provisional amounts are adjusted during the measurement 
period (see below), or additional assets or liabilities are recognised, to reflect new information obtained about facts and circumstances that existed 
at the date of acquisition that, if known, would have affected the amounts recognised as of that date.
The measurement period is the period from the date of acquisition to the date the Group obtains complete information about facts and 
circumstances that existed at the date of acquisition, and is subject to a maximum of one year.
Revenue recognition
Revenue comprises the fair value of the consideration received or receivable for the sale of goods and services in the ordinary course of the 
Group’s activities. Revenue is shown net of value added tax, estimated returns, rebates and discounts, and after eliminating sales within the Group. 
Accumulated experience is used to estimate and provide for these items, using the expected value method, and revenue is only recognised 
to the extent that it is highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur.
The Group does not expect to have any contracts where the period between transfer of the promised goods or services to the customer and 
payment by the customer exceeds one year. As a consequence, the Group does not adjust any of the transaction prices for the time value of money.
Specific types of revenue are recognised as follows:
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
82
Financial statements

2. The Group’s material accounting policies continued
Revenue recognition continued
Fuels and Feeds
Revenue from the sale of goods in each of these segments is recognised when they are delivered to the customer and the performance obligations 
have been met; that is, the products are delivered to the specific location, the risk of loss has been transferred and the Group has objective evidence 
that all criteria for acceptance have been satisfied.
A receivable is recognised when the goods are delivered, since this is the point in time that the consideration is unconditional because only the 
passage of time is required before the payment is due. Revenue from sale of fuels includes fuel duty.
Food
Revenue from storage, handling and re-packaging of customers’ products is recognised when the relevant service has been performed and 
the performance obligations have been met. For distribution, revenue performance obligations are met when the customers’ products arrive 
at the destination.
Customers are invoiced on a daily, weekly or monthly basis and consideration is payable when invoiced. A receivable is recognised when the 
services are provided, since this is the point in time that the consideration is unconditional because only the passage of time is required before 
the payment is due.
Interest income
Interest income is recognised on a time proportion basis using the effective interest rate method.
Segment reporting
A business segment is a group of assets and operations engaged in providing products or services that are subject to risks and returns that 
are different from those of other business segments. A geographical segment is engaged in providing products and services within a particular 
economic environment that are subject to risks and returns which are different from those of segments operating in other economic environments. 
Segment reporting information is shown in the notes of the Group financial statements.
Taxation
The income taxation expense represents the sum of current and deferred income tax. Tax is recognised in the income statement, except to the 
extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity. In this case the tax is also recognised in other 
comprehensive income or directly in equity, respectively.
Current taxation is based on taxable profits for the year. Taxable profit differs from profit as reported in the income statement because it excludes 
items of income and expense that are taxable or deductible in other years and it further excludes items that are never taxable or deductible. The 
Group’s liability for current taxation is calculated using tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date.
Deferred taxation is provided in full, using the liability method, on temporary differences arising between the tax bases of assets and liabilities and 
their carrying amounts in the Group financial statements. However, deferred taxation is not accounted for if it arises from initial recognition of an 
asset or liability in a transaction other than a business combination that at the time of the transaction affects neither accounting nor taxable profits 
or losses.
Deferred taxation is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are 
expected to apply when the related deferred taxation asset is realised or the deferred taxation liability is settled.
Deferred taxation assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the temporary 
differences can be utilised.
Deferred taxation assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current taxation 
liabilities and when the deferred taxes relate to the same fiscal authority.
Borrowing costs
Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the construction of qualifying assets, which are assets that necessarily take a substantial period 
of time to get ready for their intended use, are added to the cost of those assets, until such time as the assets are substantially ready for their 
intended use. 
All other borrowing costs are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they are incurred.
Dividend distribution
The distribution of a dividend to the Company ’s shareholders is recognised in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which it is approved 
by the Company ’s shareholders.
Property, plant and equipment
All property, plant and equipment is stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Historical cost includes expenditure that is directly 
related to the acquisition of the items.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount, or recognised as a separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future 
economic benefits associated with the asset will flow to the Group, and the cost of the asset can be measured reliably. All other repairs and 
maintenance expenditure is charged to the income statement during the financial period in which it is incurred.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
83
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
2. The Group’s material accounting policies continued
Property, plant and equipment continued
Land is not depreciated. Depreciation on other assets is calculated, using the straight-line method, to reduce their cost to their residual values 
over their useful economic lives, as follows:
Freehold and long leasehold buildings	
10 – 50 years
Plant and machinery	 	
	
3 – 12 years
Cars and commercial vehicles	
	
4 – 8 years
Residual values and useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance sheet date. An asset’s carrying amount is written down 
immediately to its estimated recoverable amount, if the asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.
Assets under construction are not depreciated until they are put into use.
Gains and losses on disposal are determined by comparing the proceeds of disposal with the carrying value and are recognised in the income 
statement.
Right of use assets and lease liabilities
Under IFRS 16, a right of use asset and lease liability are recognised for all leases except ‘low value’ and ‘short-term’ leases where lease payments 
are recognised on a straight-line basis over the lease term. For the Group, the standard results in the recognition of almost all leases on the balance 
sheet as a right of use asset, with a corresponding lease liability. 
At the inception of a contract, the Group performs an assessment to determine whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. Key aspects of this 
determination are the specific identification of an asset that is subject to the lease and that the lease conveys the right to direct and control the 
use of the identified asset for a period of time. 
Where a contract is determined to contain a lease, the lease liability is recognised from the commencement date of the lease, the commencement 
date being defined as the date at which the lessor makes the underlying asset available for use. The lease liability is recognised at an amount equal 
to the present value of the future lease payments during the lease term. 
Lease payments are discounted using the Group’s incremental borrowing rate, since the interest rate implicit in the Group’s leases is not 
readily determinable.
After the commencement date, lease payments are allocated between the outstanding lease liability on the balance sheet and finance costs. 
Finance costs are charged to the income statement over the lease period using the effective interest method.
A right of use asset is initially recognised at the commencement date and measured at cost, which comprises the amount of the initial 
measurement of the lease liability, any lease payments made at or before the commencement date, any initial direct costs incurred by the Group 
and an estimate of any cost for dismantling or restoring the asset at the end of the lease term.
The right of use asset is subsequently depreciated in accordance with the depreciation requirements in IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’ 
which results in depreciation on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the lease term. The Group also applies IAS 36 
‘Impairment of Assets’ to determine whether the right of use asset is impaired and to account for any impairment loss identified.
Remeasurement of the lease liability occurs if, after the commencement date, there is a change in future lease payments or a change in the lease 
term. Any remeasurement of the lease liability results in a corresponding adjustment of the right of use asset. If the carrying amount of the right of 
use asset has already been reduced to zero, the remaining remeasurement is recognised in the income statement. The Group remeasures the lease 
liability to reflect those revised lease payments only when there is a change in the cash flows, using an unchanged discount rate. Reassessment 
of leases in the Group occurs where lease consideration changes due to a market rent review clause or where there are changes to variable lease 
payments dependent on an index or rate. 
A lease modification arises where there is a change in scope of the lease, or the consideration for the lease, which was not part of the original 
terms and conditions of the lease. In the event of a lease modification, the Group accounts for this as a separate lease, providing the modification 
increases the scope of the lease by adding the right to use one or more underlying assets and the consideration for the lease increases by 
an amount commensurate with the stand-alone price for the increase in scope and any appropriate adjustments to that stand-alone price, 
to reflect the circumstances of the particular contract.
Intangible assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the Group’s share of the identifiable net assets of the acquired 
subsidiary at the date of acquisition. 
Goodwill on acquisitions of subsidiaries is included within intangible assets. Goodwill is tested annually for impairment and carried at cost less 
accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill are recognised immediately in the income statement and are not subsequently 
reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.
Goodwill is allocated to each of the Group’s cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) for the purpose of impairment testing. The allocation is made to those 
CGUs or groups of CGUs that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which they arose, identified according to operating segment.
Brands
Separately acquired brands are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation. Brands acquired in a business combination are recognised 
at fair value at the date of acquisition. Brands have a finite useful life and are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and represent an 
acquired intangible asset. Amortisation is calculated, using the straight-line method, to allocate the cost of brands over their estimated useful lives 
of either ten or twenty years.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
84
Financial statements

2. The Group’s material accounting policies continued
Intangible assets continued
Customer relationships
Separately acquired customer relationships are shown at historical cost less accumulated amortisation. Customer relationships acquired in a 
business combination are recognised at fair value at the date of acquisition. Customer relationships have a finite useful life and are carried at cost 
less accumulated amortisation and represent an acquired intangible asset. Amortisation is calculated, using the straight-line method, to allocate 
the cost of these assets over their estimated useful lives of ten years.
Computer software
Costs associated with maintaining computer software programs are recognised as an expense as incurred. Costs incurred to acquire computer 
software licences and directly attributable costs incurred to bring the software into use are capitalised. Directly attributable costs include software 
development employee costs. Capitalised computer software costs are amortised over their estimated useful lives on a straight-line basis 
(three to seven years). 
Cloud-based software provided under a Software as a Service (‘SaaS’) arrangement is assessed separately to determine whether any power 
to obtain future economic benefit from the software arises and if access to those benefits can be restricted. If not, such costs are recognised 
as an expense. A further assessment of any configuration and customisation costs associated with the SaaS arrangement is made to determine 
if such services are distinct from the provision of the software and therefore establish the appropriate period over which to expense such costs.
Impairment of non-financial assets
Assets that have an indefinite useful life, for example goodwill, are not subject to amortisation and are tested annually for impairment. Assets that 
are subject to amortisation or depreciation are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying 
amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised as the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds the recoverable 
amount. The recoverable amount is the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use. Non-financial assets, other than 
goodwill, that suffer an impairment are reviewed for possible reversal of the impairment at each reporting date. 
Investments
Investments in Group undertakings are stated at cost, unless their value has been impaired in which case they are valued at the lower of their 
realisable value or value in use.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined using the average costing method. The cost of finished 
goods and goods for resale comprises purchase cost and, in the case of finished goods, the cost of transporting the goods to their stock location. 
Net realisable value comprises the estimated selling price in the ordinary course of business less applicable variable selling expenses. Provision 
is made for obsolete, slow-moving or defective items where appropriate.
Trade and other receivables
Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment. Under IFRS 9, the Group elected to use the simplified approach to measure the loss allowance at an amount equal to 
lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables. Under the accounting standard, the Group continues to establish a provision for impairment 
of trade receivables when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according to the original terms of the 
receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the counterparty, probability that the counterparty will enter bankruptcy or financial reorganisation, 
and default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. 
In addition, IFRS 9 requires the Group to consider forward-looking information and the probability of default when calculating expected credit 
losses. The measurement of expected credit losses reflects an unbiased and probability weighted amount that is determined by evaluating the 
range of possible outcomes as well as incorporating the time value of money. The Group considers reasonable and supportable customer-specific 
and market information about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions when measuring expected credit losses. 
The amount of the provision is the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows of the asset, 
discounted, where material, at the original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of a provision for 
receivables impairment, and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement within administrative expenses. When a trade receivable 
is uncollectable, it is written off against the provision for receivables impairment. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are 
credited against administrative expenses in the income statement.
Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
A derivative is initially recognised at fair value on the date that the associated contract is entered into and then is remeasured at fair value at each 
subsequent balance sheet date. 
The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether or not the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, 
the nature of the item being hedged. During the current and prior year, none of the Group’s derivative financial instruments have been designated 
as effective hedges. Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments that do not qualify for hedge accounting are recognised in the 
income statement as they arise.
Reimbursement assets
The Group recognises reimbursement assets in respect of third party claims made against the Group, but which under the terms of its insurance 
policy, the Group is indemnified. All of the expenditure required to settle such claims will be reimbursed by the insurer under the terms of the policy, 
and therefore it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
85
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
2. The Group’s material accounting policies continued
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and bank overdrafts. The Group recognises cash when it is 
within its control and, in accordance with IFRS 9, when it has the contractual right to obtain cash from the bank. Cash in transit between Group 
companies at a period end is recognised within the receiving company ’s balance sheet. Cash in transit to or from external entities at a period end 
is not recognised where the Group does not have the contractual right to obtain the cash and is therefore not deemed to exercise control over it. 
The Group’s cash recognition policies are aligned with IAS 7 as follows: in respect of incoming receipts via electronic transfer, the Group recognises 
cash as a financial asset on the transfer settlement date, and not before. In respect of cheques received, the Group classifies these as ‘promissory 
notes’ and recognises within cash equivalents all cheques dated and deposited with the bank up to and including the reporting period end. In 
respect of card receipts, the Group recognises a cash equivalent on the transaction date as they are readily convertible to cash and the credit risk 
is deemed very low. In respect of outgoing payments, where there is often a delay between the remittance date and the transfer settlement date, 
the Group de-recognises the cash from financial assets on the transfer remittance date, and not after. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings 
in current liabilities on the balance sheet. Within the banking arrangement is the right to offset.
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Exceptional items
The Group’s income statement separately identifies exceptional items. Such items are those that, in the Directors’ judgement, are one-off in nature 
or non-operating and need to be disclosed separately by virtue of their size or incidence and may include, but are not limited to, restructuring costs, 
acquisition-related costs, costs of implementing new systems, cyber-related costs, impairment of assets and income from legal or insurance 
settlements. In determining whether an item should be disclosed as an exceptional item, the Directors consider quantitative as well as qualitative 
factors such as the frequency, predictability of occurrence and significance. This is consistent with the way financial performance is measured 
by management and reported to the Board. Disclosing exceptional items separately provides additional understanding of the performance of the 
Group.
Bank borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred. Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost. 
Any difference between the proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the income statement over the period 
of the borrowings, using the effective interest method.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities unless the Group has an unconditional right to defer settlement of the liability for at least one year 
after the balance sheet date.
Retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates various pension schemes, including defined contribution and defined benefit schemes.
Defined contribution schemes
For defined contribution schemes, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance schemes on a mandatory, 
contractual or voluntary basis. The contributions are recognised as an employee benefit expense in the income statement when they are due. 
The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Group in funds under the control of trustees.
Defined benefit scheme 
The Company is the sponsoring employer in a funded Group-operated defined benefit pension scheme, the NWF Group Benefits Scheme, and has 
therefore recognised the defined liability, in full, on the Company balance sheet.
The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit schemes is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the 
balance sheet date less the fair value of scheme assets, together with adjustments for unrecognised actuarial gains or losses and past service 
costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the Projected Unit Credit Method. The present value 
of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high quality corporate 
bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the 
related pension liability. The Group has considered the recognition requirements of IFRIC 14 and determined that they do not apply to the scheme.
The net pension finance cost is determined by applying the discount rate, used to measure the defined benefit pension obligation at the beginning 
of the accounting period, to the net pension obligation at the end of the accounting period taking into account any changes in the net pension 
obligation during the period as a result of cash contributions and benefit payments. 
Pension scheme expenses are charged to the income statement within administrative expenses.
Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive income. Net defined benefit pension scheme deficits 
before tax relief are presented separately on the balance sheet within non-current liabilities. The attributable deferred taxation asset is shown net 
within deferred taxation liabilities in the balance sheet and is subject to the recognition criteria as set out in the accounting policy on deferred 
taxation.
Share-based payments
In the year ended 31 May 2024, the Group operated one (2023: one) equity-settled share-based payment plan, details of which can be found in 
note 27 of the Group financial statements.
The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for the grant of share awards is recognised as an expense. Equity-settled share-based 
payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. The fair value determined 
at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Group’s 
estimate of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
86
Financial statements

2. The Group’s material accounting policies continued
Share-based payments continued
Fair value is measured by the use of a Black Scholes model. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best 
estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.
Employer social security contributions payable in connection with the grant of share awards are considered an integral part of the grant itself 
and the charge is treated as a cash-settled transaction.
Provisions for liabilities
Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that an outflow 
of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised for future 
operating losses.
Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction, 
net of tax, from the proceeds of issue.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The Group makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the related 
actual results. The assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities within 
the next financial year are discussed below.
Defined benefit pension scheme – valuation assumptions
The balance sheet carrying value of the defined benefit pension scheme surpluses or deficits are calculated using independently commissioned 
actuarial valuations. These valuations, including the impact of GMP, are based on a number of assumptions, including the most appropriate 
mortality rates to apply to the profile of scheme members and the financial assumptions regarding discount rates and inflation. All of these 
are estimates of future events and are therefore uncertain. Further details can be found in note 26 of the Group financial statements.
Assessment of impairment
The Group tests annually for impairment of goodwill and fixed asset balances, which involves using key judgements including estimates of future 
business performance and cash generation and discount rates. 
The recoverable amounts of CGUs are determined using value in use calculations. The value in use calculations use post-tax cash flow projections 
based on the Board-approved budget for the year ending 31 May 2025 and four years of the businesses strategic plans thereafter. Subsequent cash 
flows are extrapolated using an estimated growth rate of 2%.
These value in use calculations are subject to a series of sensitivity analyses using reasonable assumptions concerning the future performance 
of the CGUs and assessing the impact of a 1% increase in the discount rate. For further details of our assessment of impairment please see note 14.
Carrying value of trade receivables
The Group holds material trade receivable balances and the calculations of provisions for impairment are estimates of future events and therefore 
uncertain. IFRS 9 requires the Group to consider forward-looking information and the probability of default when calculating expected credit 
losses. The Group considers reasonable and supportable customer-specific and market information about past events, current conditions and 
forecasts of future economic conditions when measuring expected credit losses.
Valuation of acquired intangibles
IFRS 3 requires separately identifiable intangible assets to be recognised on acquisitions. The principal estimates used in valuing these intangibles 
are generally based on the future cash flow forecast to be generated by these assets and the selection of appropriate discount rates to apply to 
the cash flows.
A 1% increase in the discount rate applied to the future cash flows would reduce the value attributable to acquired intangibles by £0.1 million.
Assessment of insurance claim provision and corresponding reimbursement assets 
Under IAS 37, a provision for third party insurance claims is recognised for the full amount of the liability at the point in time that the obligation 
can be reliably estimated. The Group considers this to be when the insurance company assesses the claim and when it registers it as accepted. 
Correspondingly, a reimbursement asset for an equal amount is recognised at the same time, when it becomes virtually certain that the 
reimbursement will be received if the entity settles the liability. 
From a completeness perspective, the Directors are not aware of any other critical judgements within the Group that give rise to a significant risk 
of material adjustment within the next financial year.
3. Revenue
An analysis of the Group’s revenue is as follows:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Sale of goods
872.9
983.0
Rendering of services
77.7
70.9
950.6
1,053.9
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
87
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
4. Segment information
The chief operating decision-maker has been identified as the Board of Directors (‘the Board’). The Board reviews the Group’s internal reporting 
in order to assess performance and allocate resources. The Board has determined that the operating segments, based on these reports, are Fuels, 
Food and Feeds.
The Board considers the business from a products/services perspective. In the Board’s opinion, all of the Group’s operations are carried out in the 
same geographical segment, namely the UK. 
The nature of the products/services provided by the operating segments is summarised below:
Fuels
–
sale and distribution of domestic heating and industrial and road fuels
Food
–
warehousing and distribution of clients’ ambient groceries and other products to supermarket and other retail distribution 
centres
Feeds
–
manufacture and sale of animal feeds and other agricultural products
Segment information about the above businesses is presented below.
The Board assesses the performance of the operating segments based on a measure of operating profit (‘headline operating profit’). Finance 
income and costs are not included in the segment result that is assessed by the Board. Other information provided to the Board is measured 
in a manner consistent with that in the financial statements.
Inter-segment transactions are entered into under the normal commercial terms and conditions that would also be available to unrelated third parties.
Segment assets exclude deferred taxation assets and cash and cash equivalents. Segment liabilities exclude taxation, borrowings and retirement 
benefit obligations. Excluded items are part of the reconciliation to consolidated total assets and liabilities.
Fuels
Food
Feeds
Group
2024
£m
£m
£m
£m
Revenue 
Total revenue
684.9
77.8
195.1
957.8
Inter-segment revenue
(7.1)
(0.1)
—
(7.2)
Revenue
677.8
77.7
195.1
950.6
Result
Headline operating profit
7.9
3.7
2.6
14.2
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
(0.7)
—
—
(0.7)
Exceptional income
1.3
Exceptional expenses
(0.5)
Operating profit as reported
14.3
Finance costs (note 7)
(2.1)
Profit before taxation
12.2
Income taxation expense (note 8)
(3.1)
Profit for the year
9.1
Other information
Depreciation and amortisation 
6.4
7.5
3.2
17.1
Property, plant and equipment additions (note 12)
1.7
6.9
1.7
10.3
Fuels
Food
Feeds
Group
2024
£m
£m
£m
£m
Balance sheet
Assets
Segment assets
99.6
76.8
51.3
227.7
Cash and cash equivalents (note 18)
10.0
Consolidated total assets 
237.7
Liabilities
Segment liabilities
(71.6)
(44.4)
(24.7)
(140.7)
Deferred taxation liabilities (note 24)
(7.1)
Retirement benefit obligations (note 26)
(4.5)
Consolidated total liabilities 
(152.3)
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
88
Financial statements

4. Segment information continued
Fuels
Food
Feeds
Group
2023
£m
£m
£m
£m
Revenue 
Total revenue
765.0
70.9
225.8
1,061.7
Inter-segment revenue
(7.8)
—
—
(7.8)
Revenue
757.2
70.9
225.8
1,053.9
Result
Headline operating profit
12.9
4.2
3.9
21.0
Amortisation of acquired intangibles
(0.4)
—
—
(0.4)
Operating profit as reported
20.6
Finance costs (note 7)
(1.7)
Profit before taxation
18.9
Income taxation expense (note 8)
(4.0)
Profit for the year
14.9
Other information
Depreciation and amortisation 
6.0
6.3
3.0
15.3
Property, plant and equipment additions (note 12)
0.7
1.1
1.3
3.1
Fuels
Food
Feeds
Group
2023
£m
£m
£m
£m
Balance sheet
Assets
Segment assets
101.9
50.0
49.4
201.3
Cash and cash equivalents (note 18)
16.3
Consolidated total assets 
217.6
Liabilities
Segment liabilities
(78.0)
(23.2)
(23.9)
(125.1)
Deferred taxation liabilities (note 24)
(4.2)
Current taxation liabilities 
(0.8)
Retirement benefit obligations (note 26)
(9.6)
Consolidated total liabilities 
(139.7)
5. Profit before taxation
Profit before taxation is stated after charging/(crediting):
2024
2023
£m
£m
Cost of inventories recognised as an expense (included in cost of sales)
822.8
929.4
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment (note 12)
5.0
4.8
Depreciation of right of use assets (note 13)
11.2
9.9
Amortisation of other intangible assets (note 14)
0.9
0.6
(Profit) on disposal of property, plant and equipment (note 28)
(0.3)
(0.5)
Staff costs (note 6)
62.9
58.6
Provision for receivables impairment (note 16)
2.9
2.3
Unused amounts reversed/receivables written off in the year
(3.0)
(2.0)
Exceptional items
(0.8)
—
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
89
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
5. Profit before taxation continued
Exceptional items by type are as follows:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Legal claim settlement1
1.3
—
ERP implementation costs2
(0.5)
—
Net exceptional income
0.8
—
1	
Following a decision by the European Commission sanctioning a cartel during the period 1997 to 2011, NWF participated in a group action to recover damages arising from certain supplier 
expenses relating to that period. The parties are no longer in dispute regarding this matter. Settlement monies of £1.3 million were received.
2	 ERP implementation costs comprise initial preliminary appraisals relating to a future ERP implementation within the Group. 
Services provided by the Company’s auditors
During the year, the Group obtained the following services from the Company ’s auditors:
2024
2023
£’000
£’000
Fees payable to the Company ’s auditors for the audit of the Company and consolidated annual financial statements
592
58
Fees payable to the Company ’s auditors for other services:
– audit of the financial statements of the Company ’s subsidiaries pursuant to legislation
—
498
– non-audit assurance services
3
2
– taxation compliance services
12
33
Total auditors’ remuneration
607
591
Fees relating to the audit of the financial statements in the current year ending 31 May 2024 included £Nil of additional costs relating to the previous 
year that have not recurred in the current year.
During the year the Board have made the decision to vote in favour of the trading subsidiary companies taking advantage of audit exemption S479a 
as conferred by the Companies Act 2006. As a result the audit fee is no longer attributable to the subsidiary companies. 
6. Staff costs
The average monthly number of persons (including Directors) employed in the Group during the year was:
2024
2023
Number
Number
Fuels 
338
332
Food 
814
763
Feeds
248
224
Head Office
20
20
1,420
1,339
Staff costs (including Directors) are outlined below. 
Total Directors’ remuneration for the year to 31 May 2024 was split between short-term employee benefits of £1.2 million (2023: £1.3 million) and 
share-based payments of £Nil (2023: £0.4 million). 
Total remuneration for the highest paid Director was £0.4 million (2023: £1.0 million). No shares were awarded under a Long-Term Incentive Plan 
(2023: 89,976). No options were exercised over shares during the year (2023: 179,066).
Directors’ remuneration is also set out in the Directors’ Remuneration Report, within the table entitled Directors’ emoluments on page 66.
2024
2023
£m
£m
Wages and salaries
55.5
50.9
Social security costs
5.8
5.7
Share-based payments (note 27)
(0.1)
0.5
Other pension costs (note 26)
1.7
1.5
62.9
58.6
In addition to the above staff costs, the Group incurred no termination costs (2023: £Nil), and £2.7 million (2023: £2.4 million) in respect of costs 
of agency workers.
Other pension costs above are amounts charged to operating profit in respect of defined contribution pension schemes.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
90
Financial statements

7. Finance costs
2024
2023
£m
£m
Interest on bank loans and overdrafts
0.4
0.8
Finance costs on lease liabilities relating to IFRS 16 (note 21)
1.3
0.6
Total interest expense
1.7
1.4
Interest on the net defined benefit liability (note 26)
0.4
0.3
Total finance costs
2.1
1.7
8. Income taxation expense 
2024
As restated
2023
£m
£m
Current taxation
UK corporation tax on profits for the year
1.5
3.8
Adjustments in respect of prior years
(0.2)
—
Current tax expense
1.3
3.8
Deferred taxation
Origination and reversal of temporary differences
0.5
—
Accelerated capital allowances
1.4
0.4
Adjustments in respect of prior years
(0.1)
(0.3)
Effect of increased tax rate on opening balances
—
0.1
Deferred tax expense (note 24)
1.8
0.2
Total income tax expense
3.1
4.0
Deferred tax has been further split to separate deferred tax on accelerated capital allowances, prior year figures have been restated to show the 
comparative. The restatement has had no impact on the total income tax expense. 
Pillar Two legislation has been enacted in the UK, the jurisdiction that the Group operates. The legislation will be effective for the Group’s financial 
year beginning 1 June 2024. The Group is in scope of the enacted legislation and has performed an assessment of the Group’s potential exposure to 
Pillar Two income taxes. The assessment of the potential exposure to Pillar Two income taxes is based on the most recent tax provisioning and 
financial statements for the constituent entities in the Group. The Group operates and pays income tax solely within the United Kingdom, the profit 
before tax for the year ended 31 May 2024 was £12.2 million and tax expense recognised in the income statement was £3.1 million, giving an effective 
tax rate of 25.4%. Based on this assessment, the Group does not expect a material exposure to Pillar Two income taxes for any of the entities within 
the Group. The Group has applied the mandatory temporary exception under IAS 12 in relation to the accounting for deferred taxes arising from the 
implementation of the Pillar Two rules.
During the year ended 31 May 2024, corporation tax has been calculated at tax of 25% of estimated assessable profits for the year (2023: blended 
tax of 20% (being 19% until 31 March 2023, and 25% thereon)).
The tax charge for the year can be reconciled to the profit per the income statement as follows:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Profit before taxation
12.2
18.9
Profit before taxation multiplied by the standard rate of UK corporation tax of 25.0% (2023: 20.0%)
3.1
3.8
Effects of:
– income not taxable
(0.1)
—
– expenses not deductible for tax purposes
—
0.4
– super-deduction allowance
—
(0.1)
– non-qualifying depreciation
0.2
—
– impact of share-based payments
0.2
0.1
– impact of increased tax rate on opening balances
—
0.1
– adjustments in respect of prior years
(0.3)
(0.3)
Total income taxation expense
3.1
4.0
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
91
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
8. Income taxation expense continued
A debit of £0.7 million (2023: £0.6 million credit) has been recognised in the statement of comprehensive income. This relates to the deferred tax 
movement on the actuarial gain on the defined benefit pension scheme of £3.1 million (2023: £2.3 million loss) (note 24). 
The tax charge in the current year is the same (2023: higher) than the standard tax charge. 
9. Dividends paid
2024
2023
£m
£m
Final dividend for the year ended 31 May 2023 of 6.8p (2022: 6.5p) per share
3.4
3.2
Interim dividend for the year ended 31 May 2024 of 1.0p (2023: 1.0p) per share
0.5
0.5
Amounts recognised as distributions to equity shareholders in the year
3.9
3.7
Proposed final dividend for the year ended 31 May 2024 of 7.1p (2023: 6.8p) per share
3.5
3.4
The proposed final dividend is subject to approval at the AGM on 26 September 2024 and has not been included as a liability in these Group 
financial statements.
10. Earnings per share 
The calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share is based on the following data:
2024 
2023 
Earnings (£m)
Earnings for the purposes of basic and diluted earnings per share being profit for the year attributable to 
equity shareholders
9.1
14.9
Number of shares (‘000)
Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of basic earnings per share
49,426
49,355
Weighted average dilutive effect of conditional share awards
13
196
Weighted average number of shares for the purposes of diluted earnings per share
49,439
49,551
Earnings per ordinary share (pence)
Basic earnings per ordinary share
18.4
30.2
Diluted earnings per ordinary share
18.4
30.1
Headline earnings per ordinary share (pence)
Basic headline earnings per ordinary share
19.2
31.4
Diluted headline earnings per ordinary share
19.2
31.3
The calculation of basic and diluted headline earnings per share is based on the following data:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders
9.1
14.9
Add back/(deduct):
Net finance cost in respect of defined benefit pension scheme (note 26)
0.4
0.3
Net exceptional items (note 5)
(0.8)
—
Amortisation of acquired intangibles (note 14)
0.7
0.4
Tax effect of the above
0.1
(0.1)
Headline earnings
9.5
15.5
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
92
Financial statements

11. Business combinations
On 7 July 2023, the Group acquired the trade and specified assets of Geoff Boorman Fuels LLP, a 17 million litre fuel distributor servicing rural 
Kent and East Sussex. The purchase price for the acquisition was £2.6 million and the net cash outflow was £2.7 million after acquisition costs. 
Details of the total consideration and the provisional fair values of the assets and liabilities acquired are shown below:
Fair value of assets acquired 
£m
Intangible assets – goodwill
1.3
Intangible assets – brand
0.8
Intangible assets – customer relationships
0.2
Property, plant and equipment
0.3
Trade and other receivables
0.5
Trade and other payables
(0.1)
Deferred taxation liability
(0.4)
2.6
Provisional goodwill of £1.3 million arises from the acquisition and is attributable to the acquired business and the expected economies of scale 
from combining the operations of the Group and the acquisition. None of the goodwill is expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
As the acquisition was made in the year, the above amounts are provisional and subject to adjustment.
Net cash outflow arising on the acquisition:
£m
Total consideration – cash paid on completion
(2.6)
Acquisition-related costs
(0.1)
Net consideration paid
(2.7)
Acquisition-related costs of £0.1 million have been charged to the income statement in the year ended 31 May 2024.
The following amounts have been recognised within the consolidated income statement in respect of the acquisition made in the year: revenue – 
£9.2 million; and operating profit before tax – £0.3 million.
Had the acquisition taken place at the start of the financial year, the consolidated income statement would include: revenue – £10.0 million; 
and operating profit before tax – £0.3 million.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
93
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
12. Property, plant and equipment
Long
Freehold
leasehold
Cars and
land and 
land and
Plant and
commercial
Assets under
buildings
buildings 
machinery
vehicles
construction
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
£m
Cost
At 1 June 2022
38.3
3.1
34.6
4.4
—
80.4
Additions 
0.4
—
2.5
0.2
—
3.1
Acquired through business combinations
—
—
0.1
0.4
—
0.5
Disposals
(0.2)
—
(4.4)
(2.5)
—
(7.1)
At 31 May 2023
38.5
3.1
32.8
2.5
—
76.9
Adjustments to b/fwd*
0.1
0.2
0.6
(0.7)
—
0.2
Additions 
0.2
0.1
7.8
0.4
1.8
10.3
Acquired through business combinations
—
—
—
0.3
—
0.3
Reclassification
0.1
—
(0.1)
—
—
—
Transfer from right of use asset
—
—
0.1
0.3
—
0.4
Disposals
(0.2)
—
(2.5)
(1.2)
—
(3.9)
At 31 May 2024
38.7
3.4
38.7
1.6
1.8
84.2
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 June 2022
13.5
0.5
18.7
2.3
—
35.0
Charge for the year
0.9
0.1
3.0
0.8
—
4.8
Disposals
(0.2)
—
(4.1)
(2.3)
—
(6.6)
At 31 May 2023
14.2
0.6
17.6
0.8
—
33.2
Adjustments to b/fwd*
—
0.1
0.7
(0.4)
—
0.4
Charge for the year
0.9
0.2
3.2
0.7
—
5.0
Transfer from right of use asset
—
—
—
0.2
—
0.2
Disposals
—
—
(2.5)
(1.1)
—
(3.6)
At 31 May 2024
15.1
0.9
19.0
0.2
—
35.2
Carrying amount
At 31 May 2024
23.6
2.5
19.7
1.4
1.8
49.0
At 31 May 2023
24.3
2.5
15.2
1.7
—
43.7
*	 Included within the ‘adjustments to b/fwd’ lines in the table above for both cost and depreciation include a correction in relation to accumulated rounding differences. It also includes an 
adjustment to cost of motor vehicles of £0.7 million and plant and machinery of £0.1 million to adjust previous business acquisitions to be included at net book value. The adjustment has had no 
impact on the net book value. 
The Group has pledged certain freehold land and buildings with a carrying value of £20.0 million (2023: £20.6 million) to secure banking facilities 
granted to the Group.
Depreciation charges are recognised in administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
94
Financial statements

13. Right of use assets
Properties
£m
Commercial
vehicles
£m
Total
£m
Cost
At 1 June 2022
9.5
39.4
48.9
Additions
—
11.3
11.3
Acquired 
0.2
—
0.2
Disposals
—
(0.8)
(0.8)
At 31 May 2023
9.7
49.9
59.6
Adjustments to b/fwd*
—
(10.7)
(10.7)
Additions
20.3
7.8
28.1
Acquired 
—
—
—
Disposals
(0.1)
(5.0)
(5.1)
Transfers out to property, plant and equipment 
—
(0.4)
(0.4)
At 31 May 2024
29.9
41.6
71.5
Accumulated depreciation and impairment
At 1 June 2022
3.4
18.0
21.4
Charge for the year
1.5
8.4
9.9
Disposals
—
(0.8)
(0.8)
Transfers out to property, plant and equipment
—
—
—
At 31 May 2023
4.9
25.6
30.5
Adjustments to b/fwd*
—
(10.7)
(10.7)
Charge for the year
2.2
9.0
11.2
Disposals
(0.1)
(5.1)
(5.2)
Transfers out to property, plant and equipment
—
(0.2)
(0.2)
At 31 May 2024
7.0
18.6
25.6
Carrying amount
At 31 May 2024
22.9
23.0
45.9
At 31 May 2023
4.8
24.3
29.1
*	 Included within the ‘adjustments to b/fwd’ line in the table above for both cost and depreciation is an adjustment of £10.7 million in relation to Boughey Distribution Limited, a subsidiary of NWF 
Group plc. In the prior year the subsidiary disposed of assets costing £10.7 million with accumulated depreciation of £10.7 million the disposal was not included within the above note. As the 
disposal has no impact on the net book value this has not been considered as a prior year error.
Depreciation charges are recognised in administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement. 
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
95
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
14. Intangible assets
Goodwill
£m
Computer
software
£m
Customer
relationships
£m
Brands
£m
Total
£m
Cost
At 1 June 2022
28.2
7.0
2.2
1.4
38.8
Additions
— 
0.1 
— 
— 
0.1
Acquisition of business (note 11)
6.5
— 
2.3
0.8
9.6
Disposals
— 
(0.1) 
— 
— 
(0.1) 
At 31 May 2023
34.7
7.0
4.5
2.2
48.4
Additions
—
—
—
—
—
Acquisition of business (note 11)
1.3
—
0.2
0.8
2.3
Disposals
— 
(0.2)
—
—
(0.2)
At 31 May 2024
36.0
6.8
4.7
3.0
50.5
Accumulated amortisation and impairment 
At 1 June 2022
8.1
6.4
0.7
0.9
16.1
Charge for the year
—
0.2
0.3
0.1
0.6
Disposals
—
(0.1)
—
—
(0.1)
At 31 May 2023
8.1
6.5
1.0
1.0
16.6
Charge for the year
—
0.2
0.5
0.2
0.9
Disposals
—
(0.2)
(0.1)
—
(0.3)
At 31 May 2024
8.1
6.5
1.4
1.2
17.2
Carrying amount
At 31 May 2024
27.9
0.3
3.3
1.8
33.3
At 31 May 2023
26.6
0.5
3.5
1.2
31.8
Amortisation or impairment charges have been charged to administrative expenses in the consolidated income statement.
Customer relationships
Customer relationships are allocated as follows:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Fuels
3.3
3.5
Brands
Brands are allocated as follows:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Fuels
1.8
1.2
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
96
Financial statements

14. Intangible assets continued
Goodwill
Goodwill acquired is allocated, at acquisition, to cash-generating units (‘CGUs’) that are expected to benefit from that business combination. 
The carrying value of goodwill is allocated as follows:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Feeds
4.4
4.4
Fuels
23.5
22.2
27.9
26.6
The Group tests annually for impairment of goodwill, or more frequently if there are indications that goodwill may be impaired. The recoverable 
amounts of CGUs are determined using value in use calculations. The value in use calculations use post-tax cash flow projections based on the 
Board-approved budgets and four years of business strategic plans thereafter. Subsequent cash flows are extrapolated using an estimated growth 
rate of 2%. 
The Group identifies its CGUs as the smallest identifiable group of assets that generate cash inflows, and which are largely independent of the cash 
inflows of the other assets or groups of assets. CGU-specific discount rates are applied in each of the impairment tests as the principal risks and 
uncertainties associated with each CGU may vary as they operate in different industries and as such the Group risks identified on pages 24 to 26 
may impact each CGU differently.
The value in use calculations described above indicate ample headroom and therefore do not give rise to impairment concerns.
Value in use assumptions and sensitivities 
The rates used to discount the projected cash flows, equating to the pre-tax discount rates based on comparative businesses, are as follows:
2024
2023
%
%
Fuels
13.84
13.16
Feeds
13.60
11.90
The headroom on the value in use calculations for Fuels and Feeds are £41.7 million and £15.3 million respectively. The following sensitivities 
have been performed on the CGU Board-approved forecasts, the impact of which still result in satisfactory headroom and do not give rise to 
further impairment:
Reduction in value in use
Fuels
Feeds
£m
£m
Decrease EBITDA by 10%
19.2
9.8
Increase discount rate by 1%
8.5
4.5
15. Inventories
2024
2023
£m
£m
Raw materials and consumables
3.3
3.2
Finished goods and goods for resale
4.8
4.2
8.1
7.4
There is no significant difference between the replacement cost of work in progress and finished goods for resale and their carrying amounts. 
Inventories are stated after provisions for impairment of £Nil (2023: £Nil).
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
97
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
16. Trade and other receivables 
2024
2023
£m
£m
Trade receivables
85.0
85.7
Less: provision for impairment
(3.0)
(3.1)
Trade receivables – net
82.0
82.6
VAT recoverable
1.1
0.6
Other receivables
0.2
0.1
Prepayments and accrued income
5.4
3.3
Contract assets
—
0.8
88.7
87.4
The fair value of trade and other receivables is equivalent to their carrying amount. Trade and other receivables are non-interest bearing and 
are substantially denominated in Sterling. Under IFRS 9, the Group is required to utilise objective evidence as well as consider forward-looking 
information and the probability of default when calculating expected credit losses. The maturity of financial assets and history of write-offs is 
therefore used as an indicator as to the probability of default. Trade receivables are written off when they have been overdue for a number of years, 
or if a customer has entered into insolvency and there is no expectation of recovery.
The loss allowance as at 31 May 2024 and 31 May 2023 was determined as follows for trade receivables:
31 May 2024
Current
<30 days 
past due
30 to
60 days
past due
>60 days 
past due
Total
Expected loss rate
2.12%
2.13%
6.25%
61.11%
Gross carrying amount (£m)
70.6
9.4
3.2
1.8
85.0
Loss allowance (£m)
1.5
0.2
0.2
1.1
3.0
31 May 2023
Current
<30 days 
past due
30 to
60 days
past due
>60 days 
past due
Total
Expected loss rate
1.39%
2.39%
6.32%
71.39%
Gross carrying amount (£m)
70.5
10.1
3.1
2.0
85.7
Loss allowance (£m)
1.0
0.2
0.2
1.7
3.1
Movements on the Group provision for impairment of trade receivables are as follows:
2024
2023
£m
£m
At 1 June
3.1
2.8
Provision for receivables impairment
2.9
2.3
Unused amounts reversed/receivables written off in the year
(3.0)
(2.0)
At 31 May
3.0
3.1
The other classes of receivables do not contain impaired assets.
The maximum exposure to credit risk at the reporting date is the carrying amount of each class of receivable, limited by credit insurance applicable 
to the Fuels business.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
98
Financial statements

17. Reimbursement assets
2024
2023
£m
£m
Reimbursement assets
1.8
1.7
The Group recognises reimbursement assets in respect of third party claims made against the Group, but which under the terms of its insurance policy, 
the Group is indemnified. All of the expenditure required to settle such claims will be reimbursed by the insurer under the terms of the policy, and 
therefore it is virtually certain that reimbursement will be received. A corresponding provision for insurance claims has been recognised in note 22.
18. Cash and cash equivalents
2024
2023
£m
£m
Cash and cash equivalents
10.0
16.3
The fair value of cash and cash equivalents is equivalent to their carrying amount.
19. Trade and other payables
2024
2023
£m
£m
Current
Trade payables
82.4
82.2
Social security and other taxes
1.5
1.3
Other payables
0.2
—
Accruals
7.0
9.0
91.1
92.5
The fair value of trade and other payables is equivalent to their carrying amount. 
20. Borrowings
The Group’s banking facilities, provided by NatWest Group, were renewed on 31 May 2023 and are committed until 31 May 2026. The Group is 
profitable, cash generative and has a strong balance sheet position and a good relationship with its lender. Further information on the facilities, 
which total £61.0 million (2023: £61.0 million), is outlined below.
Invoice discounting advances
Under a Group netting arrangement the balance on the invoice discounting advance facility at 31 May 2024 was £Nil (2023: £Nil) consisting of £6.4 
million (2023: £3.1 million) drawn on the facility offset by cash balances. The invoice discounting advance is a committed facility with an expiry date of 31 
May 2026 (2023: 31 May 2026). The availability of invoice discounting facilities is dependent on the level of current trade receivables available for 
refinancing and is subject to a maximum drawdown of £50 million (2023: £50.0 million).
The facility is secured by way of a fixed and floating charge against the Group’s trade receivables. Interest is charged at 1.25% (2023: 1.25%) 
per annum above the bank’s base rate.
The Group incurred non-utilisation fees on its committed invoice discounting facility. The Group will incur non-utilisation fees only in respect 
of committed and undrawn facilities of up to £20 million (2023: £20.0 million).
Revolving credit facility
The Group has a revolving credit facility of £10.0 million (2023: £10.0 million) with an expiry date of 31 May 2026 (2023: 31 May 2026). Interest 
is charged on amounts drawn down at 1.72% per annum above SONIA (2023: 1.72% above SONIA) depending on the ratio of net debt to EBITDA. 
The amount drawn down under the revolving credit facility at 31 May 2024 is £Nil (2023: £Nil).
The Group incurs non-utilisation fees on its committed revolving credit facility. The Group will incur non-utilisation fees only in respect of 
committed and undrawn facilities of up to £10.0 million (2023: £10.0 million).
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
99
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
20. Borrowings continued
Bank overdrafts
The Group’s net bank overdraft facility at 31 May 2024 is repayable on demand and is subject to a maximum limit of £1.0 million (2023: £1.0 million). 
None of the facility was utilised at 31 May 2024 (2023: £Nil). Interest is charged at 1.5% per annum over the bank’s base rate (2023: 1.5% per annum 
over the bank’s base rate).
The above facilities are subject to quarterly covenant tests on interest cover and net debt to EBITDA ratios. The covenants have been set at levels 
that provide sufficient headroom and flexibility for the Group until maturity of the facilities in May 2026.
Bank borrowings amounting to £Nil (2023: £Nil) are secured by way of unscheduled mortgage debentures provided by the Company and certain 
subsidiaries within the Group to NatWest Group which incorporate a fixed charge over their book debts and floating charges over all their other assets. 
In addition to the above, the Group has agreed accordion facilities on the invoice discounting facility of £10 million (2023: £10.0 million) and on the 
revolving credit facility of £10 million (2023: £10.0 million).
All bank borrowings are denominated in Sterling and are repayable as follows:
Bank borrowing facilities by expiry date
The Group has a number of bank borrowing facilities. The Group is in compliance with all covenants.
2024
2023
Amount
Amount
Facility
 drawn
Facility
 drawn
Facilities expiring:
£m
£m
£m
£m
Within one year
50.0
—
50.0
—
Between two and five years
10.0
—
10.0
—
60.0
—
60.0
—
The availability of invoice discounting facilities included above, amounting to £49.0 million (31 May 2023: £49.0 million), is dependent on the level of 
trade receivables available for refinancing. 
21. Lease liabilities
Commercial
Properties
vehicles
Total
£m
£m
£m
Cost
At 1 June 2022
6.5
21.8
28.3
Additions 
—
11.3
11.3
Transferred in through business combinations
0.2
—
0.2
Lease liability payments (including finance costs)
(1.6)
(9.0)
(10.6)
Finance costs
0.1
0.5
0.6
At 31 May 2023
5.2
24.6
29.8
Additions 
18.6
7.9
26.5
Disposals
—
(0.1)
(0.1)
Lease liability payments (including finance costs)
(1.6)
(9.6)
(11.2)
Finance costs
0.6
0.7
1.3
At 31 May 2024
22.8
23.5
46.3
Lease liabilities are comprised of the following balance sheet amounts:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Current
Amounts due within one year
8.0
9.8
Non-current
Amounts due after more than one year
38.3
20.0
Total 
46.3
29.8
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
100
Financial statements

21. Lease liabilities continued
Lease liabilities are as follows: 
2024
2023
£m
£m
Not more than one year
Minimum lease payments
10.1
10.4
Interest element
(2.1)
(0.6)
Present value of minimum lease payments
8.0
9.8
Between one and five years
Minimum lease payments
27.7
19.9
Interest element
(5.8)
(0.8)
Present value of minimum lease payments
21.9
19.1
More than five years
Minimum lease payments
19.9
1.0
Interest element
(3.5)
(0.1)
Present value of minimum lease payments
16.4
0.9
22. Provisions for liabilities
2024
2023
£m
£m
Current
Provision for insurance claims
1.8
1.7
Provision for dilapidations
0.1
0.2
1.9
1.9
Non-current
Provision for dilapidations
1.4
0.8
Total
3.3
2.7
The Group recognises a provision for liabilities in respect of third party claims made against the Group. A corresponding reimbursement asset of 
£1.8 million (2023: £1.7 million) has been recognised as all of the expenditure required to settle such claims will be reimbursed by the insurer under 
the terms of the policy. As the Group expects insurance claims to be settled within one year, recognition of these balances is made within current 
assets and current liabilities. During the year £0.9 million of the provision has been utilised, £1.4 million of new provision has been created and 
£0.4 million has been released. 
The Group also recognises current and non-current provisions for dilapidations totalling £1.5 million (2023: £1.0 million) in respect of leased properties 
and commercial vehicles. Movement on the provisions for dilapidations and other provisions has been recognised in the income statement.
23. Financial instruments and risk management
The Group’s financial instruments comprise cash, bank overdrafts, invoice discounting advances, rolling credit facility, lease liabilities, commodity 
derivatives and various items such as receivables and payables, which arise from its operations. All financial instruments in 2024 and 2023 were 
denominated in Sterling. There is no material foreign exchange risk in respect of these instruments.
The carrying amounts of all of the Group’s financial instruments are measured at amortised cost in the financial statements, with the exception 
of derivative financial instruments. Derivative financial instruments are measured subsequent to initial recognition at fair value.
IFRS 13 (amended) ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’ requires disclosure of financial instruments measured at fair value, grouped into Levels 1 to 3 
below, based on the degree to which fair value is observable:
•	 Level 1 fair value measurements are those derived from unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;
•	 Level 2 fair value measurements are those derived from inputs, other than quoted prices included within Level 1 above, that are observable 
for the asset or liability, either directly (i.e. as prices) or indirectly (i.e. derived from prices); and
•	 Level 3 fair value measurements are those derived from valuation techniques that include inputs for the asset or liability that are not based 
on observable market data (unobservable inputs).
All of the Group’s derivative financial instruments as described on page 85 (forward supply contracts) were classified as Level 2 in the current 
and prior year. There were no transfers between levels in either the current or prior year.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
101
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
23. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Financial liabilities
The book value, fair value and interest rate profile of the Group’s financial liabilities were as follows:
Total book and
fair value
At 31 May 2024
£m
Financial liabilities carried at amortised cost:
Trade and other payables1
89.6
Lease liabilities repayable within one year
8.0
97.6
Lease liabilities repayable after one year
38.3
Total
135.9
1	
Excludes social security and other taxes.
Total book and
fair value
At 31 May 2023
£m
Financial liabilities carried at amortised cost:
Trade and other payables1
92.5
Lease liabilities repayable within one year
9.8
Financial liabilities carried at fair value: derivatives 
0.1
102.4
Lease liabilities repayable after one year
20.0
Total
122.4
1	
Excludes social security and other taxes.
Financial assets
The book value, fair value and interest rate profile of the Group’s financial assets were as follows:
Total book and
fair value
At 31 May 2024
£m
Trade and other receivables2
83.3
Financial assets carried at amortised cost: cash and cash equivalents
10.0
Financial assets carried at fair value: derivatives
0.3
93.6
2	 Excludes prepayments.
Total book and
fair value
At 31 May 2023
£m
Trade and other receivables2
84.1
Financial assets carried at amortised cost: cash and cash equivalents
16.3
Financial assets carried at fair value: derivatives
0.2
100.6
2	 Excludes prepayments.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
102
Financial statements

23. Financial instruments and risk management continued
Financial risk management
The Group’s operations expose it to a variety of financial risks: price risk; interest rate risk; credit risk; and liquidity risk. Given the size of the Group, 
the Directors have not established a sub-committee of the Board to monitor financial risk management, but have established policies that are 
implemented and monitored by the Executive Directors.
Price risk
The Group is exposed to commodity price risk principally in respect of certain raw materials in the Feeds business and oil-related products in the Fuels business.
The Feeds business enters into forward supply contracts in order to manage the impact of price movements on its gross margin. At 31 May 2024, 
the Group had open forward supply contracts with a principal value of £39.8 million (2023: £39.6 million). The fair value of forward supply contracts 
recognised on the balance sheet is £0.3 million (2023: £0.1 million).
The fair value of forward supply contracts is based on generally accepted valuation techniques using inputs from observable market data on 
equivalent instruments at the balance sheet date. The contracts are settled on a gross cash basis and are classified as current assets or liabilities, 
as all contractual cash flows fall due to be settled in less than one year.
The Group has not designated any of these contracts as hedging instruments during the period under review. As a result, changes in the fair value 
of non-hedging forward supply contracts amounting to £0.2 million have been credited to the income statement in the year (2023: £Nil). 
The Fuels business’ oil-related products are subject to changes in the world commodity price for crude oil. However, the relatively low stockholding 
maintained and daily price monitoring systems used to determine selling prices enable the business to effectively manage the risk of gross margin 
erosion. Forward supply contracts are not utilised by this business.
The extent of these risks is regularly reviewed and assessed by the Executive Directors and reported back to the Board. This process is considered 
to be effective given the size and nature of the risks involved, but will be reviewed in the future should circumstances change.
Interest rate risk
The Group is exposed to interest rate risk due to its floating rate borrowings.
The Directors review the interest rate hedging policy on at least an annual basis. The Group monitors its exposure to interest rate risk primarily 
through sensitivity analysis. On the basis of the Group’s analysis, it is estimated that a rise of one percentage point in interest rates on floating rate 
borrowings would have reduced 2024 profit before taxation by approximately £0.2 million (2023: £0.2 million).
Credit risk
Where appropriate, relevant credit checks are performed on potential customers before sales are made. The amount of exposure to any individual 
customer is controlled by means of a credit limit that is monitored regularly by management and, in the case of a financially material value, by the 
Executive Directors. In addition, the Fuels business maintains credit insurance for certain higher value accounts in order to manage the potential 
financial loss incurred on certain bad debts. 
Liquidity risk
The Group actively maintains a mixture of medium-term and short-term debt finance, which is designed to ensure that it has access to sufficient 
available funds for ongoing working capital needs as well as planned capital investment and expansion generally. The amount of debt finance 
required is reviewed at least annually by the Directors.
All of the Group’s financial instruments, with the exception of certain borrowings (see note 20), have a contractual maturity of less than one year, 
based on the earliest date on which the contractual cash flows are required to be settled.
Capital risk
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern in order to provide returns 
to shareholders and benefits to other stakeholders, and to maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. In order to maintain 
or adjust the capital structure, the Group may adjust the amount of dividends paid to shareholders, return capital to shareholders, issue new shares 
or sell assets to reduce debt. 
The Group monitors capital risk on the basis of the net debt/EBITDA ratio. This ratio is calculated as net cash (excluding lease liabilities) divided 
by headline operating profit before interest, depreciation and amortisation as shown below: 
2024
2023
Cash and cash equivalents (£m)
(10.0)
(16.3)
Net (cash) (£m) (excluding lease liabilities)
(10.0)
(16.3)
Headline EBITDA (£m)
19.4
25.8
Net cash EBITDA ratio
(0.5x)
(0.6x)
The Group has set an internal covenant limit of 2.0x net debt/EBITDA.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
103
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
24. Deferred taxation assets and liabilities 
The following are the principal categories of deferred taxation assets and liabilities recognised by the Group and the movements thereon during the 
current and prior year:
As restated
Accelerated
Retirement
tax
benefit
As restated
depreciation
obligations
Other 
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
Deferred taxation liability/(asset) at 1 June 2022
5.9
(2.3)
(0.4)
3.2
Charge to income statement (note 8)
0.2
—
—
0.2
Deferred taxation on acquisitions*
0.9
—
—
0.9
Credit to equity
—
(0.1)
—
(0.1)
Deferred taxation liability/(asset) at 31 May 2023
7.0
(2.4)
(0.4)
4.2
Charge/(credit) to income statement (note 8)
1.0
0.5
0.3
1.8
Deferred taxation on acquisitions
0.4
—
—
0.4
Credit to equity
—
0.7
—
0.7
Deferred taxation liability/(asset) at 31 May 2024
8.4
(1.2)
(0.1)
7.1
*	 Deferred taxation on acquisitions in the prior year has been restated to more accurately reflect the categorisation of the tax as relating to accelerated tax on depreciation.
Deferred taxation assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current taxation assets against current taxation 
liabilities and when the deferred taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The deferred taxation assets disclosed above are deemed to be recoverable.
Deferred taxation assets of £Nil relating to losses brought forward have not been provided for, as it is not expected they can be utilised in the foreseeable 
future.
The majority of the deferred taxation balance is expected to reverse after more than 12 months.
25. Share capital 
Number
of shares
Total
‘000
£m
Authorised: ordinary shares of 25p each
Balance at 1 June 2022, 31 May 2023 and 31 May 2024
80,000
20.0
Number
of shares
Total
‘000
£m
Allotted and fully paid: ordinary shares of 25p each
Balance at 1 June 2022
49,134
12.3
Issue of shares (see below)
274
0.1
Balance at 31 May 2023
49,408
12.4
Issue of shares (see below)
31
—
Balance at 31 May 2024
49,439
12.4
During the year ended 31 May 2024, 31,418 shares (2023: 273,800 shares) with an aggregate nominal value of £7,855 (2023: £68,450) were issued 
under the Group’s conditional Performance Share Plan.
The maximum total number of ordinary shares, which may vest in the future in respect of conditional Performance Share Plan awards outstanding 
at 31 May 2024, amounted to 1,259,464 (31 May 2023: 1,202,049). These shares will only be issued subject to satisfying certain performance criteria 
(see the Directors’ Remuneration Report and note 27).
There is a single class of ordinary shares in issue. There are no restrictions on dividends or the repayment of capital. 
Share premium includes any premiums received on issue of share capital. Any transaction costs associated with the issuing of shares are deducted 
from share premium. 
Retained earnings includes all current and prior periods retained profits and losses. 
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
104
Financial statements

26. Retirement benefit obligations
The Group operates several defined contribution pension schemes for qualifying employees. The assets of the schemes are held separately from 
those of the Group in funds under the control of trustees. The total cost charged to the income statement of £1.7 million (2023: £1.5 million) 
represents the contributions payable to these schemes by the Group at the rates specified in the scheme rules. 
Amounts totalling £0.4 million were outstanding at the balance sheet date (2023: £Nil).
Defined benefit scheme
The Group operates a defined benefit pension scheme providing benefits based on final pensionable earnings, which is closed to future accrual.
NWF Group Benefits Scheme
The scheme is administered by a fund that is legally separated from the Group. The trustees of the pension fund are required by law to act in the 
interest of the fund and of all relevant stakeholders in the scheme. The trustees are responsible for the investment policy with regard to the assets 
of the fund.
The scheme was closed to new members during the year ended 31 May 2002 and closed to future accrual with effect from April 2016.
The triennial actuarial valuation of this scheme was completed in the year ended 31 May 2024, with a deficit of £7.6 million at the valuation date of 
31 December 2022. The present value of the defined benefit obligation and the related current service cost were measured using the Projected Unit 
Credit Method. In these financial statements this liability has been updated in order to derive the IAS 19R valuation as of 31 May 2024. The next full 
triennial valuation will be completed in the year ending 31 May 2026.
The triennial valuation resulted in Group contributions of £2.1 million per annum. In addition, a continued percentage increase based on total 
dividend growth over £3.1 million will be paid.
The average duration of the benefit obligation at the balance sheet date is 12 years. The defined benefit obligation includes benefits for current 
employees, former employees and current pensioners. Approximately 43% of the liabilities are attributable to current and former employees 
and 57% to current pensioners.
The scheme typically exposes the Group to actuarial risks such as investment risk, interest rate risk and longevity risk, as described below:
•	 Investment risk: The present value of the defined benefit scheme liability is calculated using a discount rate determined by reference to high 
quality corporate bond yields. If the return on plan assets is below this rate, it will create a scheme deficit. Currently, the scheme has a relatively 
balanced investment in equities, bonds, property funds and alternatives, cash and diversified growth funds. Due to the long-term nature of 
scheme liabilities, the trustees of the pension fund consider it appropriate that a reasonable portion of the scheme assets should be invested 
in equities, property funds and diversified growth funds to leverage the return generated by the fund.
•	 Interest risk: A decrease in the bond interest rate will increase the scheme liability but this will be partially offset by an increase in the return 
on the scheme’s bond investments.
•	 Longevity risk: The present value of the defined benefit scheme liability is calculated by reference to the best estimate of the mortality of the 
scheme participants both during and after their employment. An increase in the life expectancy of the scheme participants will increase the 
scheme’s liability.
The principal actuarial assumptions as at the balance sheet date, used for the purposes of the actuarial valuations, were as follows:
2024
2023
%
%
Discount rate
5.25
5.35
Future salary increases
n/a
n/a
RPI inflation
3.35
3.15
CPI inflation
2.85
2.60
Pension increases in payment (LPI 5%)
3.04
2.86
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
105
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
26. Retirement benefit obligations continued
Defined benefit scheme continued
NWF Group Benefits Scheme continued
The mortality assumptions adopted imply the following life expectancies:
2024
2023
Years
Years
Current pensioners – male life expectancy at age 65
20.0
20.4
Future pensioners currently aged 45 – male life expectancy at age 65
21.2
21.7
The 2024 mortality assumptions above are based on S3PXA tables with CMI 2023 improvements and a long-term trend rate of 1.25% (2023: S3PXA 
tables with CMI 2021 improvements and a long-term trend rate of 1.25%).
The amounts recognised in the balance sheet in respect of the defined benefit scheme are as follows:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Present value of defined benefit obligations
(37.4)
(39.2)
Fair value of scheme assets
32.9
29.6
Deficit in the scheme recognised as a liability in the balance sheet
(4.5)
(9.6)
Related deferred tax asset (note 24)
1.2
2.4
Net pension liability
(3.3)
(7.2)
Amounts recognised in the income statement in respect of the defined benefit scheme are as follows:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Past service cost
—
—
Administrative expenses
0.2
0.4
Interest on the net defined benefit liability
0.4
0.3
Total cost recognised in the income statement
0.6
0.7
Gains and losses arising from the remeasurement of the net defined benefit liability have been reported in the statement of comprehensive income, 
as shown below:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Actuarial gain/(loss) on plan assets
1.1
(11.9)
Actuarial gain arising on defined benefit obligations
2.0
9.6
Remeasurement gain/(loss)
3.1
(2.3)
Changes in the present value of the defined benefit obligation are as follows:
2024
2023
£m
£m
At 1 June
39.2
49.0
Interest cost
2.0
1.7
Remeasurement losses/(gains):
– actuarial losses/(gains) arising from changes in financial assumptions
1.4
(11.5)
– actuarial (gains)/losses arising from changes in demographic assumptions
(0.5)
0.3
– actuarial (gains)/losses on experience assumptions
(2.9)
1.6
Benefits paid
(1.8)
(1.9)
At 31 May
37.4
39.2
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
106
Financial statements

26. Retirement benefit obligations continued
Defined benefit scheme continued
NWF Group Benefits Scheme continued
Changes in the fair value of scheme assets are as follows:
2024
2023
£m
£m
At 1 June
29.6
39.7
Interest income
1.6
1.5
Remeasurement gains/(losses):
– actuarial gains/(losses) on plan assets
1.1
(11.9)
Contributions by employer
2.7
2.6
Expenses
(0.3)
(0.4)
Benefits paid
(1.8)
(1.9)
At 31 May
32.9
29.6
The major categories and fair values of scheme assets at the balance sheet date are as follows:
Fair value of assets
2024
2023
£m
£m
Equity-linked bonds
—
9.6
LDI
11.2
6.2
Credit fund
2.8
5.5
Diversified growth fund
8.1
7.5
Cash
0.8
0.5
Equity
7.3
—
Asset backed securities
2.4
—
Annuity policies
0.3
0.3
Total
32.9
29.6
None of the fair values of the assets shown above include any of the Group’s own financial instruments or any property used by the Group at the 
balance sheet date.
The actual return on scheme assets was a £2.7 million gain (2023: £10.4 million loss).
Asset-liability matching reviews of the NWF Group Benefits Scheme are performed regularly. The results of reviews are used to assist the trustees 
and the Group to determine the optimal long-term asset allocation with regard to the structure of the liabilities of the scheme. They are also used 
to assist the trustees in managing the underlying volatility inherent in investment performance and the risk of a significant increase in the scheme 
deficit, by providing information used to determine the scheme’s investment strategy.
The Board have considered whether any additional liabilities exist from the prior scheme amendments, which may be unwound as a result of the 
recent Virgin Media vs NTL Trustees and others ruling. As the high court decision was appealed in June 2024, the outcome is now uncertain so the 
implications of this have not been investigated or possible outcomes determined and no allowance has been made for this in the financial 
statements.
The main strategic choices that are formulated in an actuarial and technical policy document of the fund are described below:
•	 asset mix is based on a strategic allocation of 25% diversified growth funds, 35% liability-driven investment (‘LDI’) funds, 23% equity, 9% 
multi-asset credit and 8% asset backed securities;
•	 it is the policy of the fund to cover 85% of its exposure to the interest rate risk of the defined benefit liability by the use of LDI funds. LDI funds 
are derivative-based investments that give leveraged exposures to the bond markets;
•	 inflation risk is mitigated by the use of LDI funds to cover 85% of the exposure;
•	 the fund does not have a material foreign exchange exposure and does not, therefore, use foreign exchange derivatives to hedge its foreign 
exchange risk;
•	 active management is within the diversified growth fund and the multi-asset credit fund; and
•	 there are 13 pensioner members with annuity policies held in the name of the pension scheme trustee. The arrangements are held with Aviva plc 
and Scottish Widows Limited. These policies fully match the pension obligations of those pensioners insured and are therefore set equal to the 
present value of the related obligations.
As all of the above assets are held in a pooled arrangement, they do not hold a quoted market price in active markets.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
107
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
26. Retirement benefit obligations continued
Defined benefit scheme continued
NWF Group Benefits Scheme continued
There has been no change in the processes used by the Group to manage its risks from the prior year.
Significant actuarial assumptions for the determination of the defined benefit liability are discount rate, price inflation and mortality. The sensitivity 
analyses shown below have been determined based on reasonably possible changes of the respective assumptions occurring at the balance sheet 
dates, while holding all other assumptions constant.
Increase
Decrease
Impact on defined benefit obligation
£m
£m
0.25% change in discount rate
(1.0)
1.0
0.25% change in RPI inflation
0.6
(0.6)
One-year change in the life expectancy at age 65
1.5
(1.5)
27. Share-based payments
In the year ended 31 May 2024, the Group operated one (2023: one) equity-settled share-based payment plan as described below.
The Group recognised total credit of £0.1 million (including NI) in respect of the LTIP’s equity-settled share-based payment transactions in the year 
ended 31 May 2024 (2023: £0.5 million charge).
Long-Term Incentive Plan (‘the Plan’) 
The Group operates a Performance Share Plan for senior executives, further details of which can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
in the Group financial statements. Under the Plan, the Group has made awards of conditional shares, which have yet to be exercised, to certain 
Directors on 4 August 2020 (vesting date: August 2023), 3 August 2021 (vesting date: August 2024) and 31 January 2023 (vesting date: August 2025). 
The vesting of these conditional share awards is subject to the Group achieving absolute earnings per share targets.
Details of the maximum total number of ordinary shares, which may be issued in future periods in respect of conditional share awards outstanding 
at 31 May 2024, 31 May 2023, 31 May 2022, 31 May 2021 and 31 May 2020, are as shown below.
2024
2023
2022
2021
2020
Number of
Number of
Number of
Number of
Number of
conditional
conditional
conditional
conditional
conditional
shares
shares
shares
shares
shares
At 1 June
1,202,049
1,386,289
1,400,421
1,441,604
1,216,945
Granted in the year
508,982
400,766
420,046
437,164
529,080
Exercised in the year
(31,418)
(529,080)
(245,657)
(478,347)
—
Lapsed/forfeited in the year
(420,149)
(55,927)
(188,521)
—
(304,421)
At 31 May
1,259,464
1,202,048
1,386,289
1,400,421
1,441,604
The estimate of the fair value of the services received in return for the conditional share awards is measured based on a Black Scholes model. 
The aggregate of the estimated fair values of the awards at 31 May 2024 shown above is £2.0 million (31 May 2023: £2.1 million), before taking into 
account the likelihood of achieving non-market-based performance conditions.
For awards granted in the current and prior years, the inputs into the Black Scholes model are as follows: 
2024 
(1 Aug 2023 grant)
2024 
(2 Oct 2023 grant)
2023
2022
2021
2020
Share price at grant date
£2.68
£2.21
£2.30
£2.17
£2.05
£1.66
Black Scholes fair value 
£2.45
£2.03
£1.88
£1.96
£1.83
£1.49
Exercise price
£Nil
£Nil
£Nil
£Nil
£Nil
£Nil
Expected volatility
26.14%
26.96%
31.53%
30.40%
31.09%
25.13%
Expected life
2.83 years
2.66 years
2.33 years
2.83 years
2.82 years
2.84 years
Expected dividend yield
3.09%
3.11%
3.36%
3.57%
4.03%
3.91%
Risk-free interest rate
4.82%
4.56%
3.26%
0.10%
(0.13)%
0.38%
Expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Group’s share price over the previous three years. The expected 
life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and 
behavioural considerations.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
108
Financial statements

28. Net cash generated from operations
2024
2023
£m
£m
Profit before taxation
12.2
18.9
Adjustments for:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
5.0
4.8
Depreciation of right of use assets
11.2
9.9
Amortisation of other intangible assets
0.9
0.6
(Profit) on disposal on property, plant and equipment
(0.3)
(0.5)
Net finance costs
2.1
1.7
Fair value (profit) on financial derivative
(0.2)
(0.1)
Share-based payment (credit)/charge
(0.1)
0.5
Value of employee services
—
(0.7)
Contribution to pension scheme not recognised in income statement
(2.5)
(2.2)
Operating cash flows before movements in working capital and provisions
28.3
32.9
Movements in working capital:
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
(0.7)
2.4
(Increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables
(0.9)
8.7
(Decrease) in trade and other payables
(1.4)
(7.0)
Net cash generated from operations
25.3
37.0
29. Analysis of cash and cash equivalents and reconciliation to net debt
Other 
1 June
Cash
non-cash
31 May
2023
flow
movements
2024
£m
£m
£m
£m
Cash and cash equivalents (note 18)
16.3
(6.3)
—
10.0
Total Group (excluding lease liabilities)
16.3
(6.3)
—
10.0
Lease liabilities (excluding hire purchase obligations transferred)
(29.8)
9.9
(26.4)
(46.3)
Total Group (including lease liabilities)
(13.5)
3.6
(26.4)
(36.3)
30. Investments
£m
Cost and carrying amount
At 1 June 2023
—
At 31 May 2024
—
The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets.
The Company directly owns the whole of the issued ordinary shares of the following subsidiary undertakings:
Company
Business activity
Company number
NWF Agriculture Holdings Limited*
Holding company – Feeds operations
03704975
NWF Distribution Holdings Limited*
Holding company – Food operations
03707824
NWF Fuels Holdings Limited*
Holding company – Fuels operations
03706449
Dragon Petroleum Limited
Dormant
00574068
North Western Farmers Limited
Dormant
00666065
NWF Limited
Dormant
00833736
All of the above companies are registered and operate in England and Wales. The registered office for all directly owned subsidiary undertakings 
is Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
109
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Group financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
30. Investments continued
The Company also indirectly owns all of the issued ordinary shares of the following subsidiary undertakings: 
Company
Business activity
Registered office:
Company number
NWF Agriculture Limited*
Supplier of animal feedstuffs and seeds
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
01117234
New Breed (UK) Limited*
Supplier of animal feedstuffs and seeds
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
05509470
Boughey Distribution Limited*
Warehousing and food distribution
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
00797672
NWF Fuels Limited*
Fuel distribution
Jack Mills Way, Crewe, Cheshire, England CW2 5RX 01117133
Consols Oils Limited
Dormant
Jack Mills Way, Crewe, Cheshire, England CW2 5RX 02794100
Caldo Fuel Oil Limited (formerly 
Figaro Number Two Limited)
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
00312715
David Hermon Hodge Group Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
11897150
David Hermon Hodge Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
07585473
Hermon Hodge Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
01247450
Preston Fuels Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
03289365
Ron Darch & Sons Co Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
01702395
Midland Fuel Oil Supplies Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
02299179
Staffordshire Fuels Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
03381217
Swan Petroleum Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
00839259
Browns of Burwell Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
00859488
Broadland Fuels Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
03284313
Knutsford Domestic Fuel Oil 
Company Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
00658819
Figaro Number One Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
02346128
Sweetfuels Limited*
Dormant
Jack Mills Way, Crewe, Cheshire, England CW2 5RX 05484828
*	 The companies listed above that are entitled to do so have taken advantage of the exemption from audit available under Section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 relating to subsidiary companies. 
In order for the subsidiary companies to claim this exemption the Parent Company guarantees all outstanding liabilities which the subsidiary companies listed above are subject to at the end of 
the financial year, until they are satisfied in full. The guarantee is enforceable against the parent undertaking by any person to whom the subsidiary companies listed above are liable in respect 
of those liabilities.
In addition to the above subsidiaries, NWF Group plc also holds an indirect investment in Palletline Limited. In 2015 Boughey Distribution Limited, 
a subsidiary company of NWF Group plc, acquired an investment of £31,000 in Palletline Limited as part of becoming a member in their distribution 
network. On 20 November 2015 the membership bond was converted into 2,000 ordinary £1 shares being 0.47% of the issued share capital.
31. Related party transactions
Key management compensation
The remuneration of key management personnel of the Group, who are the Executive and Non-Executive Directors of the Company, the Executive 
Directors of its subsidiaries and certain key managers of the Group, is set out below in aggregate for each of the categories specified in IAS 24 
‘Related Party Disclosures’:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Short-term employee benefits (salary and bonus)
3.9
4.2
Post-employment benefits
0.3
0.3
Share-based payments
—
0.6
4.2
5.1
Further information on remuneration of Directors can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report. 
Directors’ transactions
T P Acton purchased, at an agreed employee rate of Platts +4.0 pence per litre, goods to the value of £2,962 as a customer of the Group in the year 
ended 31 May 2024 (2023: £4,820). At 31 May 2024, the amount outstanding was £Nil (2023: £815). During the year, the highest amount outstanding 
totalled £815 (2023: £1,574).
R A Whiting purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £2,445 as a customer of the 
Group in the year ended 31 May 2024 (2023: £3,765). At 31 May 2024, the amount outstanding was a credit balance of £931 (2023: £822 credit balance). 
During the year, the highest amount outstanding was a credit balance of £2,466 (2023: £263 credit balance).
D S Downie purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £Nil as a customer of 
the Group in the year ended 31 May 2024 (2023: £1,005). At 31 May 2024, the amount outstanding was £Nil (2023: £Nil). During the year, the highest 
amount outstanding totalled £Nil (2023: £Nil).
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
110
Financial statements

31. Related party transactions continued
Directors’ transactions continued
M Adcock purchased, at an agreed employee rate of Platts +4.0 pence per litre, goods to the value of £1,501 as a customer of the Group in the year 
ended 31 May 2024 (2023: £479). At 31 May 2024, the amount outstanding was £Nil (2023: £121 credit balance). During the year, the highest amount 
outstanding was a credit balance of £1,021 (2023: £121 credit balance).
M Nicholls purchased, at an agreed employee rate of Platts +4.0 pence per litre, goods to the value of £421 as a customer of the Group in the year 
ended 31 May 2024 (2023: £2,614). At 31 May 2024, the amount outstanding was £26 (2023: £Nil). During the year, the highest amount outstanding 
totalled £143 (2023: £Nil).
G Franks purchased, at an agreed employee rate of Platts +4.0 pence per litre, goods to the value of £1,894 as a customer of the Group in the year 
ended 31 May 2024 (2023: £1,247). At 31 May 2024, the amount outstanding was £Nil (2023: £Nil). During the year, the highest amount outstanding 
totalled £640 (2023: £767).
32. Commitments for capital expenditure
2024
2023
£m
£m
Authorised and contracted but not provided for
38.5
6.3
The above commitments relate to Right of Use Asset costing £36.9 million and Property, Plant and Equipment costing £1.6 million. 
33. Contingent liabilities
The Group’s bank facilities are provided under an arrangement with NatWest Group. The Group has pledged security in favour of the bank over 
certain freehold land and buildings with a carrying value at 31 May 2024 of £20.0 million (2023: £20.6 million). This is secured by way of unscheduled 
mortgage debentures which incorporate a fixed charge over specified property including land, plant and machinery and goodwill and a floating 
charge over all other property, assets and rights owned now or in the future which are not subject to an effective fixed charge.
The Group has an arrangement with the bank under which cash balances are offset against borrowings. The Company has given a guarantee 
in respect of the net bank borrowings within the Group under this arrangement amounting to £Nil at 31 May 2024 (2023: £Nil). The Group has 
an intercompany cross-guarantee arrangement with the bank under which the Company and various subsidiaries provide security for each other.
The Company and certain subsidiaries have granted a fixed and floating charge in favour of the trustees of a defined benefit pension scheme 
(‘the NWF Group Benefits Scheme’). This security, which is subordinated to the bank, creates a fixed charge over certain freehold land and buildings, 
subject to a maximum value of £5.0 million (2023: £5.0 million), and a floating charge over all other assets.
During the year Boughey Distribution Limited, a subsidiary company of NWF Group plc, acquired a new lease for a warehouse in Newcastle-under-
Lyme. The property lease has been secured via a parental guarantee provided by the ultimate Parent Company NWF Group plc.
The Company has also given certain guarantees to third parties in respect of operating lease and supply agreement commitments due from various 
subsidiary companies.
No loss is expected to result from these arrangements.
34. Contingent assets
There are no contingent assets recognised by the Group as at 31 May 2024 (2023: £Nil).
35. Post-balance sheet events
There are no post-balance sheet events to disclose.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
111
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Parent Company balance sheet
as at 31 May 2024
2024
2023
Note
£m
£m
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
3
0.3
0.3
Investment property
4
21.2
21.8
Investments 
5
15.3
15.3
Lease receivable
6
1.1
2.3
Reimbursement asset
7
0.5
0.4
38.4
40.1
Current assets
Trade and other receivables
9
4.9
5.8
Lease receivable
6
1.1
1.2
Cash and cash equivalents
4.3
4.5
10.3
11.5
Current liabilities
Trade and other payables
10
(2.7)
(3.3)
Lease liabilities
11
(1.3)
(1.3)
Net current assets
6.3
6.9
Total assets less current liabilities
44.7
47.0
Non-current liabilities
Lease liabilities
11
(1.1)
(2.5)
Provisions for liabilities
12
(0.5)
(0.5)
Deferred taxation liabilities
8
(1.8)
(0.6)
Retirement benefit obligations
(4.5)
(9.6)
Net assets
36.8
33.8
Capital and reserves
Share capital
13
12.4
12.4
Share premium 
0.9
0.9
Retained earnings
23.5
20.5
Total shareholders’ funds
36.8
33.8
The Company ’s profit for the year was £4.6 million including dividends received (2023: £3.2 million).
The Parent Company financial statements on pages 112 to 123 were approved by the Board of Directors on 30 July 2024 and were signed on its behalf 
by:
C J Belsham	
	
K J Shortland
Director	
	
	
Director
The notes on pages 114 to 123 form part of these Parent Company financial statements.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
112
Financial statements

Parent Company statement of comprehensive income
for the year ended 31 May 2024
Parent Company statement of changes in equity
for the year ended 31 May 2024
2024
2023
£m
£m
Profit for the year attributable to equity shareholders
4.6
3.2
Items that will not be reclassified to income statement:
Remeasurement gain/(loss) on defined benefit pension scheme
3.1
(2.3)
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to income statement
(0.7)
1.0
Total other comprehensive income/(expense)
2.4
(1.3)
Total comprehensive income for the year
7.0
1.9
The notes on pages 114 to 123 form part of these Parent Company financial statements.
Total
Share 
Share 
Retained
shareholders‘
capital
premium
earnings
funds
£m
£m
£m
£m
Balance at 1 June 2022
12.3
0.9
22.6
35.8
Profit for the year
—
—
3.2
3.2
Remeasurement gain on defined benefit pension scheme
—
—
(2.3)
(2.3)
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to income statement
—
—
1.0
1.0
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
—
1.9
1.9
Transactions with owners:
Issue of shares
0.1
—
(0.1)
—
Dividends paid
—
—
(3.7)
(3.7)
Value of employee services
—
—
(0.5)
(0.5)
Credit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments
—
—
0.3
0.3
Total transactions with owners
0.1
—
(4.0)
(3.9)
Balance at 31 May 2023
12.4
0.9
20.5
33.8
Profit for the year
—
— 
4.6
4.6
Remeasurement gain on defined benefit pension scheme
—
— 
3.1
3.1
Tax on items that will not be reclassified to income statement
—
— 
(0.7)
(0.7)
Total comprehensive income for the year
—
— 
7.0
7.0
Transactions with owners:
Dividends paid
—
—
(3.9)
(3.9)
Debit to equity for equity-settled share-based payments
—
—
(0.1)
(0.1)
Total transactions with owners
—
—
(4.0)
(4.0)
Balance at 31 May 2024
12.4
0.9
23.5
36.8
The notes on pages 114 to 123 form part of these Parent Company financial statements.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
113
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements
for the year ended 31 May 2024
1. Parent Company’s material accounting policies
Basis of preparation
The Company is a public limited company and is registered in England and Wales. The registered office address is Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP.
The separate financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with Financial Reporting Standard 101 ‘Reduced Disclosure 
Framework’ (‘FRS 101’), on the going concern basis and under the historical cost convention and applicable accounting standards in the UK, and in 
accordance with the Companies Act 2006. The material accounting policies, which have been applied consistently to all the years presented, are set 
out below.
These financial statements and accompanying notes have been prepared in accordance with the reduced disclosure framework for all years presented.
The following exemptions from the requirements of IFRS have been applied in the preparation of these financial statements, in accordance with FRS 101:
•	 the following paragraphs of IAS 1 ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’:
•	 10(d) (statement of cash flows);
•	 10(f) (a statement of financial position as at the beginning of the preceding period when an entity applies an accounting policy retrospectively 
or makes a retrospective restatement of items in its financial statements, or when it reclassifies items in its financial statements);
•	 16 (statement of compliance with all IFRS);
•	 38A (requirement for minimum of two primary statements, including cash flow statements);
•	 38B – D (additional comparative information);
•	 40A – D (requirement for a third statement of financial position);
•	 111 (cash flow statement information); and
•	 134 – 136 (capital management disclosures);
•	 IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’;
•	 IAS 7 ‘Statement of Cash Flows’;
•	 IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ – the requirement to disclose related party transactions between two or more members of a group;
•	 IAS 24 (paragraphs 17 and 18a) ‘Related Party Disclosures’ (key management compensation);
•	 IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’ (paragraph 73(e)) – reconciliations between the carrying amount at the beginning and end of the period;
•	 paragraphs 91 to 99 of IFRS 13, ‘Fair Value Measurement’ (disclosure of valuation techniques and inputs used for fair value measurement of assets 
or liabilities);
•	 paragraph 38 of IAS 1, ‘Presentation of Financial Statements’, comparative information in respect of:
•	 paragraph 79(a)(iv) of IAS 1; 
•	 paragraph 73 (e) of IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment’; and
•	 paragraph 118(e) of IAS 38 ‘Intangible Assets’ (reconciliations between the carrying amount at the beginning and end of the period); 
•	 paragraphs 91 to 99 of IFRS 13, ‘Fair Value Measurement’ (disclosure of valuation techniques and inputs used for fair value measurement of assets 
or liabilities);
•	 paragraphs 30 and 31 of IAS 8 ‘Accounting Policies, Changes in Accounting Estimates and Errors’ (requirement for the disclosure of information 
when an entity has not applied a new IFRS that has been issued but is not yet effective); and
•	 paragraphs 130(f)(ii) (iii), 134(d)–(f) and 135(c)–(e) of IAS 36 ‘Impairment of Assets’.
As the Group financial statements include the equivalent disclosures, the Company has taken the exemptions available under FRS 101 in respect 
of the following disclosures:
•	 IFRS 2 ‘Share-based Payments’ in respect of Group equity-settled share-based payments; and
•	 certain disclosures required by IFRS 13 ‘Fair Value Measurement’ and disclosures required by IFRS 7 ‘Financial Instruments: Disclosures’.
Adoption of new and revised standards
The following new standards, amendments to standards or interpretations are mandatory for the first time for the financial year beginning 1 June 2023.
The Company has adopted the following new standards, amendments and interpretations now applicable. None of these standards and 
interpretations have had any material effect on the Company ’s results or net assets.
Standard or interpretation
Content
Applicable for financial year beginning on 
Amendments to FRS 101 and FRS 102
International tax reform
1 January 2023
Amendments to IAS 1
Presentation of Financial Statements
1 June 2023
Amendments to IAS 8
Accounting Policies
1 June 2023
Amendments to IAS 12
Income Taxes
1 June 2023
Amendments to IFRS 17
Insurance Contracts
1 June 2023
IFRS Practice Statement 2
Making Materiality Judgements
1 June 2023
The following standards, amendments and interpretations are not yet effective and have not been adopted early by the Company:
Standard or interpretation
Content
Applicable for financial year beginning on 
Amendments to IAS 7 and IFRS 7 
Supplier finance
1 January 2024
Amendments to IAS 1
Non-current liabilities with covenants
1 June 2024
Amendments to IFRS 16
Leases on Sale and Leaseback
1 June 2024
These standards are not expected to have a material impact on the Company in the current or future reporting periods and on foreseeable 
future transactions.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
114
Financial statements

1. Parent Company’s material accounting policies continued
Parent Company income statement
The Company has not presented its own income statement as permitted by Section 408 of the Companies Act 2006. The Company ’s profit for the 
year was £4.6 million including dividends received (2023: £3.2 million). The profit for the year is shown in the statement of changes in equity and 
on the face of the balance sheet. There are no material differences between the profit for the year in the current and prior year and its historical 
cost equivalent. Accordingly, no note of historical cost profits and losses has been presented.
Going concern
Based on financial performance to date and forecasts along with the available banking facilities, there is a reasonable expectation that the Company 
has adequate resources to continue in operational existence for the foreseeable future.
The Board has prepared cash flow forecasts for the period to 31 May 2026. Under this base case scenario, the Company is expected to continue 
to have significant headroom relative to the funding available to it and to comply with its banking covenants.
The Board has also considered a severe downside scenario based on a significant and sustained reduction in Fuels’ profitability alongside 
underperformance in Food and Feeds. This downside scenario excludes any mitigating actions that the Board would be able to take to reduce costs. 
Under this scenario, the Company would still expect to have sufficient headroom in its financing facilities.
The Company therefore continues to adopt the going concern basis of accounting in preparing the annual financial statements.
Dividend distribution
The distribution of a dividend to the Company ’s shareholders is recognised as a liability in the Company ’s financial statements in the period 
in which it is approved by the Company ’s shareholders (please refer to note 9 of the Group financial statements).
Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost. Cost includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable to bringing 
the asset to its working condition for its intended use. Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of property, plant and equipment over their 
useful economic life on a straight-line basis as follows:
Plant and machinery	 	
3 – 12 years
Assets under construction are not depreciated until they are put into use.
Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the construction of qualifying assets are capitalised.
Investment property
Owner-occupied land and buildings owned by the Company and which are rented to subsidiary companies are treated as investment properties 
in accordance with IAS 40 ‘Investment Property ’. Investment properties are valued using the cost model. Investment properties are stated at cost, 
which includes the original purchase price of the asset and the costs attributable to bringing the asset to its working condition for its intended use. 
Depreciation is calculated to write off the cost of the investment property over its useful economic life on a straight-line basis over 10 – 50 years.
Investments
Investments in Group undertakings are stated at cost, unless their value has been impaired in which case they are valued at the lower of their 
realisable value or value in use.
Lease receivables and lease liabilities
The Company holds the head lease on a property which is occupied by a subsidiary company under a sub-lease arrangement. The Company 
recognises both a finance lease receivable and a lease liability in respect of this arrangement. 
The finance lease receivable is measured initially at the amount of the net investment in the lease, which is the gross investment in the lease 
discounted using the implicit interest rate in the lease, in accordance with IFRS 16. The gross investment in the lease is the aggregate of the lease 
payments receivable. Each lease payment received is allocated between the receivable and finance income. The finance income is credited to 
the income statement over the lease period so as to produce a constant periodic recognition of interest on the remaining balance of the asset 
for each period.
At the inception of a contract, the Company performs an assessment to determine whether the contract is, or contains, a lease. Key aspects of 
this determination are the specific identification of an asset that is subject to the lease, and that the lease conveys the right to direct and control 
the use of the identified asset for a period of time. 
Where a contract is determined to contain a lease, the lease liability is recognised from the commencement date of the lease, the commencement 
date being defined as the date at which the lessor makes the underlying asset available for use. The lease liability is recognised at an amount equal 
to the present value of the future lease payments during the lease term. 
Lease payments are discounted using the Company ’s incremental borrowing rate at the time of the inception of the lease.
Reimbursement asset
The Company recognises a reimbursement asset where it has virtual certainty that an economic inflow of resources will be received.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
115
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
1. Parent Company’s material accounting policies continued
Deferred taxation
Deferred taxation is recognised in respect of all timing differences that have originated but not reversed at the balance sheet date where 
transactions or events that result in an obligation to pay more tax in the future or a right to pay less tax in the future have occurred at the balance 
sheet date.
Deferred income tax is determined using tax rates (and laws) that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are 
expected to apply when the related deferred income tax asset is realised or the deferred income tax liability is settled.
Deferred tax assets are regarded as recoverable and recognised in the financial statements when, on the basis of available evidence, it is more 
likely than not that there will be suitable taxable profits from which the future reversal of the timing differences can be deducted. The recoverability 
of tax losses is assessed by reference to forecasts which have been prepared and approved by the Board. The deferred tax assets and liabilities 
are not discounted.
Provisions for liabilities
Provisions are recognised when the Company has a present legal or constructive obligation as a result of past events, it is probable that 
an outflow of resources will be required to settle the obligation and the amount has been reliably estimated. Provisions are not recognised 
for future operating losses.
Other receivables
Other receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less 
provision for impairment. Under IFRS 9, effective from 1 June 2018, the Group elected to use the simplified approach to measure the loss allowance 
at an amount equal to lifetime expected credit losses for trade receivables. Under the new accounting standard, the Group continues to establish 
a provision for impairment of trade receivables when there is objective evidence that the Group will not be able to collect all amounts due according 
to the original terms of the receivables. Significant financial difficulties of the counterparty, probability that the counterparty will enter bankruptcy 
or financial reorganisation, and default or delinquency in payments are considered indicators that the trade receivable is impaired. In addition, 
IFRS 9 requires the Group to consider forward-looking information and the probability of default when calculating expected credit losses. 
The measurement of expected credit losses reflects an unbiased and probability weighted amount that is determined by evaluating the range 
of possible outcomes as well as incorporating the time value of money. The Group considers reasonable and supportable customer-specific and 
market information about past events, current conditions and forecasts of future economic conditions when measuring expected credit losses. 
The amount of the provision is the difference between the carrying amount and the present value of estimated future cash flows of the asset, 
discounted, where material, at the original effective interest rate. The carrying amount of the asset is reduced through the use of a provision for 
receivables impairment, and the amount of the loss is recognised in the income statement within administrative expenses. When a trade receivable 
is uncollectable, it is written off against the provision for receivables impairment. Subsequent recoveries of amounts previously written off are 
credited against administrative expenses in the income statement.
Cash and cash equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand, deposits held at call with banks and bank overdrafts. Bank overdrafts are shown within borrowings 
in current liabilities on the balance sheet. The Company recognises cash when it is within its control, and in accordance with IFRS 9, when it has the 
contractual right to obtain cash from the bank. The Company ’s cash recognition policies are aligned with IAS 7.
Trade and other payables
Trade and other payables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
Retirement benefit obligations
The Company operates various pension schemes, including defined contribution and defined benefit schemes.
Defined contribution schemes
For defined contribution schemes, the Group pays contributions to publicly or privately administered pension insurance schemes on a mandatory, 
contractual or voluntary basis. The contributions are recognised as an employee benefit expense in the income statement when they are due. 
The assets of the schemes are held separately from those of the Group in funds under the control of trustees.
Defined benefit scheme
The Company is the sponsoring employer in a funded Group-operated defined benefit pension scheme, the NWF Group Benefits Scheme, 
and has therefore recognised the defined liability, in full, on the Company balance sheet.
The liability recognised in the balance sheet in respect of defined benefit schemes is the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the 
balance sheet date less the fair value of scheme assets, together with adjustments for unrecognised actuarial gains or losses and past service 
costs. The defined benefit obligation is calculated annually by independent actuaries using the Projected Unit Credit Method. The present value 
of the defined benefit obligation is determined by discounting the estimated future cash outflows using interest rates of high quality corporate 
bonds that are denominated in the currency in which the benefits will be paid and that have terms to maturity approximating to the terms of the 
related pension liability. The Company has considered the recognition requirements of IFRIC 14 and determined that they do not apply to the 
scheme.
The net pension finance cost is determined by applying the discount rate, used to measure the defined benefit pension obligation at the beginning 
of the accounting period, to the net pension obligation at the end of the accounting period taking into account any changes in the net pension 
obligation during the period as a result of cash contributions and benefit payments. 
Pension scheme expenses are charged to the income statement within administrative expenses.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
116
Financial statements

1. Parent Company’s material accounting policies continued
Defined benefit scheme continued
Actuarial gains and losses are recognised immediately in the statement of comprehensive income. Net defined benefit pension scheme deficits 
before tax relief are presented separately on the balance sheet within non-current liabilities. The attributable deferred taxation asset is included 
within the deferred taxation asset in the balance sheet and is subject to the recognition criteria as set out in the accounting policy on deferred 
taxation.
Share-based payments
In the year ended 31 May 2024, the Company operated one (2023: one) equity-settled share-based payment plan. Equity-settled share-based 
payments are measured at fair value (excluding the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions) at the date of grant. 
The fair value determined at the grant date of equity-settled share-based payments issued to the Company ’s employees is expensed on 
a straight‑line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company ’s estimate of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect 
of non-market-based vesting conditions.
The fair value determined at the grant date of equity-settled share-based payments issued to employees of subsidiary undertakings is recognised 
as an addition to the cost of investment in subsidiary undertakings on a straight-line basis over the vesting period, based on the Company ’s 
estimate of shares that will eventually vest and adjusted for the effect of non-market-based vesting conditions.
Fair value is measured by the use of a Black Scholes model. The expected life used in the model has been adjusted, based on management’s best 
estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.
Employer social security contributions payable in connection with the grant of share awards are considered an integral part of the grant itself 
and the charge is treated as a cash-settled transaction.
Share capital
Ordinary shares are classified as equity. Incremental costs directly attributable to the issue of new shares are shown in equity as a deduction, 
net of tax, from the proceeds of issue.
Critical accounting estimates and judgements
The Company makes estimates and assumptions concerning the future. The resulting accounting estimates will, by definition, seldom equal the 
related actual results. The assumptions that have a significant risk of causing a material adjustment to the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
within the next financial year are discussed below.
Defined benefit pension scheme – valuation assumptions
The balance sheet carrying value of the defined benefit pension scheme surpluses or deficits are calculated using independently commissioned 
actuarial valuations. These valuations, including the impact of GMP, are based on a number of assumptions, including the most appropriate 
mortality rates to apply to the profile of scheme members and the financial assumptions regarding discount rates and inflation. All of these 
are estimates of future events and are therefore uncertain. Further details can be found in note 26 of the Group financial statements.
Assessment of impairment
The Company tests annually for impairment of investments and fixed asset balances, which involves using key judgements including estimates 
of future business performance and cash generation, discount rates and long-term growth rates. 
The recoverable amounts of CGUs are determined using value in use calculations. The value in use calculations use post-tax cash flow projections 
based on the Board-approved budget for the year ending 31 May 2025 and four years of business strategic plans thereafter. Subsequent cash flows 
are extrapolated using an estimated growth rate of 2%.
These value in use calculations are subject to a series of sensitivity analyses using reasonable assumptions concerning the future performance 
of the CGUs and assessing the impact of a 1% increase in the discount rate. 
From a completeness perspective, the Directors are not aware of any other critical judgements within the Group that give rise to a significant risk 
of material adjustment within the next financial year.
2. Remuneration of Directors and auditors
Details of Directors’ remuneration are shown in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on page 64. Details of auditors’ remuneration are shown 
in note 5 of the Group financial statements.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
117
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
3. Property, plant and equipment
Plant and
machinery
Total
£m
£m
Cost
At 1 June 2023
1.1
1.1
Additions
0.1
0.1
Reclassification
(0.1)
(0.1)
At 31 May 2024
1.1
1.1
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 June 2023
0.7
0.7
Charge for the year
0.1
0.1
At 31 May 2024
0.8
0.8
Carrying amount
At 31 May 2024
0.3
0.3
At 31 May 2023
0.3
0.3
4. Investment property
Investment
property
Total
£m
£m
Cost
At 1 June 2023
34.7
34.7
Additions
0.1
0.1
Reclassification
0.1
0.1
Disposals
(0.1)
(0.1)
At 31 May 2024
34.8
34.8
Accumulated depreciation
At 1 June 2023
12.9
12.9
Charge for the year
0.7
0.7
At 31 May 2024
13.6
13.6
Carrying amount
At 31 May 2024
21.2
21.2
At 31 May 2023
21.8
21.8
The fair value of the investment property at 31 May 2024 was £40.8 million (2023: £42.0 million). The valuation is based on a market valuation 
by an independent RICS valuer with recent experience in the location and category of the asset being valued. Rental income of £2.7 million 
(2023: £2.7 million) and direct operating expenses of £7.0 million (2023: £6.6 million (as restated to more accurately reflect direct operating 
expenses of the property)) arising from investment property have been recognised in the income statement.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
118
Financial statements

5. Investments
£m
Cost and carrying amount
At 1 June 2023
15.3
At 31 May 2024
15.3
The Directors believe that the carrying value of the investments is supported by their underlying net assets.
The Company directly owns the whole of the issued ordinary shares of the following subsidiary undertakings:
Company
Business activity
Company number
NWF Agriculture Holdings Limited*
Holding company – Feeds operations
03704975
NWF Distribution Holdings Limited*
Holding company – Food operations
03707824
NWF Fuels Holdings Limited*
Holding company – Fuels operations
03706449
Dragon Petroleum Limited
Dormant
00574068
North Western Farmers Limited
Dormant
00666065
NWF Limited
Dormant
00833736
All of the above companies are registered and operate in England and Wales. The registered office for the above subsidiary undertakings is Wardle, 
Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP.
The Company also indirectly owns all of the issued ordinary shares of the following subsidiary undertakings: 
Company
Business activity
Registered office:
Company number
NWF Agriculture Limited*
Supplier of animal feedstuffs and seeds
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
01117234
New Breed (UK) Limited*
Supplier of animal feedstuffs and seeds
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
05509470
Boughey Distribution Limited*
Warehousing and food distribution
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
00797672
NWF Fuels Limited*
Fuel distribution
Jack Mills Way, Crewe, Cheshire, England CW2 5RX 01117133
Consols Oils Limited
Dormant
Jack Mills Way, Crewe, Cheshire, England CW2 5RX 02794100
Caldo Fuel Oil Limited (formerly 
Figaro Number Two Limited)
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
00312715
David Hermon Hodge Group Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
11897150
David Hermon Hodge Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
07585473
Hermon Hodge Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
01247450
Preston Fuels Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
03289365
Ron Darch & Sons Co Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
01702395
Midland Fuel Oil Supplies Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
02299179
Staffordshire Fuels Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
03381217
Swan Petroleum Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
00839259
Browns of Burwell Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
00859488
Broadland Fuels Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
03284313
Knutsford Domestic Fuel Oil 
Company Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
00658819
Figaro Number One Limited
Dormant
Wardle, Nantwich, Cheshire CW5 6BP
02346128
Sweetfuels Limited*
Dormant
Jack Mills Way, Crewe, Cheshire, England CW2 5RX 05484828
*	 The companies listed above that are entitled to do so have taken advantage of the exemption from audit available under Section 479A of the Companies Act 2006 relating to subsidiary 
companies. In order for the subsidiary companies to claim this exemption the Parent Company guarantees all outstanding liabilities which the subsidiary companies listed above are subject 
to at the end of the financial year, until they are satisfied in full. The guarantee is enforceable against the parent undertaking by any person to whom the subsidiary companies listed above 
are liable in respect of those liabilities.
In addition to the above subsidiaries, NWF Group plc also holds an indirect investment in Palletline Limited. In 2015 Boughey Distribution Limited, 
a subsidiary company of NWF Group plc, acquired an investment of £31,000 in Palletline Limited as part of becoming a member in their distribution 
network. On 20 November 2015 the membership bond was converted into 2,000 ordinary £1 shares being 0.47% of the issued share capital.
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
119
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
6. Lease receivable
Finance lease receivables are comprised of the following balance sheet amounts:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Current
Amounts receivable within one year
1.1
1.2
Non-current
Amounts receivable after more than one year
1.1
2.3
Total 
2.2
3.5
Lease receivables are as follows:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Not more than one year
Minimum lease receivables
1.2
1.3
Interest element
(0.1)
(0.1)
Present value of minimum lease receivables
1.1
1.2
Between one and five years
Minimum lease receivables
1.1
2.4
Interest element
—
(0.1)
Present value of minimum lease receivables
1.1
2.3
7. Reimbursement asset
The Company recognises a reimbursement asset of £0.5 million (2023: £0.4 million) in respect of certain future lease dilapidations costs receivable 
from subsidiary companies occupying property under a sub-lease arrangement with the Parent Company.
8. Deferred taxation 
The following are the principal categories of deferred tax assets and liabilities recognised by the Company and the movements thereon:
Accelerated
Retirement
tax
benefit
depreciation
obligations
Other
Total
£m
£m
£m
£m
Deferred taxation liabilities/(assets) at 1 June 2023
3.3
(2.4)
(0.3)
0.6
(Credit)/debit to income statement
(0.1)
0.5
0.1
0.5
Debit to equity
—
0.7
—
0.7
Deferred taxation liabilities/(assets) at 31 May 2024
3.2
(1.2)
(0.2)
1.8
Deferred taxation assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets against current tax liabilities and 
when the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority. The deferred income tax assets disclosed above are deemed to be recoverable.
9. Trade and other receivables
2024
2023
£m
£m
Amounts owed by Group undertakings
1.6
0.5
Prepayments
0.6
0.7
Other receivables
0.1
—
Corporation tax recoverable
2.4
4.4
VAT recoverable
0.2
0.2
4.9
5.8
All of the amounts owed by Group undertakings shown above are repayable on demand. 
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
120
Financial statements

10. Trade and other payables
2024
2023
£m
£m
Trade payables
0.5
0.7
Accruals
2.1
2.5
Other taxation and social security
0.1
0.1
2.7
3.3
The Group has a net bank overdraft facility amounting to £1.0 million, none of which has been utilised by the Company at 31 May 2024 (2023: none utilised). 
This facility is secured by way of unscheduled mortgage debentures provided by the Company and certain subsidiaries within the Group to NatWest 
Group which incorporate a fixed charge over trade receivables and floating charges over all their other assets. 
11. Lease liabilities
Property
Total
£m
£m
Cost
At 1 June 2022
5.1
5.1
Lease liability payments (including finance costs)
(1.4)
(1.4)
Finance costs
0.1
0.1
At 31 May 2023
3.8
3.8
Lease liability payments (including finance costs)
(1.5)
(1.5)
Finance costs
0.1
0.1
At 31 May 2024
2.4
2.4
Lease liabilities are comprised of the following balance sheet amounts:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Current
Amounts due within one year
1.3
1.3
Non-current
Amounts due after more than one year
1.1
2.5
Total 
2.4
3.8
Lease liabilities are as follows:
2024
2023
£m
£m
Not more than one year
Minimum lease payments
1.4
1.4
Interest element
(0.1)
(0.1)
Present value of minimum lease payments
1.3
1.3
Between one and five years
Minimum lease payments
1.1
2.6
Interest element
—
(0.1)
Present value of minimum lease payments
1.1
2.5
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
121
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notes to the Parent Company financial statements continued
for the year ended 31 May 2024
12. Provisions for liabilities
The Company recognises a current liability for provisions of £Nil (2023: £Nil) and a non-current liability in respect of a provision for dilapidations 
on leased properties of £0.5 million (2023: £0.5 million).
13. Called up share capital 
Number
of shares
Total
‘000
£m
Authorised: ordinary shares of 25p each
Balance at 1 June 2022, 31 May 2023 and 31 May 2024
80,000
20.0
Number
of shares
Total
‘000
£m
Allotted and fully paid: ordinary shares of 25p each
Balance at 1 June 2022
49,134
12.3
Issue of shares (see below)
274
0.1
Balance at 31 May 2023
49,408
12.4
Issue of shares (see below)
31
—
Balance at 31 May 2024
49,439
12.4
During the year ended 31 May 2024, 31,418 shares (2023: 273,800 shares) with an aggregate nominal value of £7,855 (2023: £68,450) were issued 
under the Group’s conditional Performance Share Plan.
The maximum total number of ordinary shares, which may vest in the future in respect of conditional Performance Share Plan awards outstanding 
at 31 May 2024, amounted to 1,259,464 (31 May 2023: 1,202,049). These shares will only be issued subject to satisfying certain performance criteria 
(see the Directors’ Remuneration Report and note 27 of the Group financial statements).
14. Employee benefit expense
2024
2023
£m
£m
Wages and salaries
2.1
2.3
Social security costs
0.3
0.4
Share-based payments
(0.1)
0.3
Other pension costs
0.1
0.1
2.4
3.1
The average monthly number of persons (including Directors) employed in the Company during the year was 20 (2023: 20).
15. Related party transactions
The Company has taken advantage of the exemption included in IAS 24 ‘Related Party Disclosures’ to not disclose details of transactions with 
Group undertakings, on the grounds that it is the Parent Company of a group whose financial statements are publicly available.
Directors’ transactions
T P Acton purchased, at an agreed employee rate of Platts +4.0 pence per litre, goods to the value of £2,962 as a customer of the Group in the year 
ended 31 May 2024 (2023: £4,820). At 31 May 2024, the amount outstanding was £Nil (2023: £815). During the year, the highest amount outstanding 
totalled £815 (2023: £1,574).
R A Whiting purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £2,445 as a customer of the 
Group in the year ended 31 May 2024 (2023: £3,765). At 31 May 2024, the amount outstanding was a credit balance of £931 (2023: £822 credit balance). 
During the year, the highest amount outstanding was a credit balance of £2,466 (2023: £263 credit balance).
D S Downie purchased, in the normal course of business and under normal terms and conditions, goods to the value of £Nil as a customer of the 
Group in the year ended 31 May 2024 (2023: £1,005). At 31 May 2024, the amount outstanding was £Nil (2023: £Nil). During the year, the highest 
amount outstanding totalled £Nil (2023: £Nil).
Details of the Directors’ interests in the ordinary share capital of the Company are provided in the Directors’ Report.
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
122
Financial statements

16. Share-based payments
The Performance Share Plan (‘the LTIP’)
The Company operates a Performance Share Plan for senior executives, further details of which can be found in the Directors’ Remuneration Report 
in the Group financial statements.
Under the LTIP, the Company has made awards of conditional shares to certain Directors and employees, details of which can be found in note 27 
of the Group financial statements. 
The Company recognised total credit of £0.1 million (including NI) in respect of the LTIP’s equity-settled share-based payment transactions in the 
year ended 31 May 2024 (2023: £0.5 million charge).
17. Pensions 
The Company is the sponsoring employer in the NWF Group Benefits Scheme, a pension arrangement providing benefits based on final pensionable 
pay. Details of the NWF Group Benefits Scheme, its liabilities and assets, together with the principal assumptions used in the valuation of its 
liabilities, are given in note 26 to the Group financial statements.
Contributions into the scheme and amounts charged to the statement of comprehensive income during the year were £2.5 million (2023: £2.2 
million). Amounts totalling £0.2 million were outstanding at the balance sheet date (2023: £Nil).
The Company also operated a money purchase scheme during the year and contributions during the year amounted to £0.1 million 
(2023: £0.1 million). There were no outstanding or prepaid contributions at the balance sheet date (2023: £Nil).
18. Contingent liabilities 
The Company ’s bank facilities are provided under an arrangement with NatWest Group. The Company has pledged security in favour of the 
bank over certain freehold land and buildings with a carrying value at 31 May 2024 of £20.0 million (2023: £20.6 million). This is secured by way 
of unscheduled mortgage debentures which incorporate a fixed charge over specified property including land, plant and machinery and goodwill 
and a floating charge over all other property, assets and rights owned now or in the future which are not subject to an effective fixed charge.
The Company has an arrangement with the bank under which cash balances are offset against borrowings. The Company has given a guarantee 
in respect of the net bank borrowings within the Group under this arrangement amounting to £Nil at 31 May 2024 (2023: £Nil).
The Company and certain subsidiaries have granted a fixed and floating charge in favour of the trustees of a defined benefit pension scheme 
(‘the NWF Group Benefits Scheme’). This security, which is subordinated to the bank, creates a fixed charge over certain freehold land and 
buildings, subject to a maximum value of £5.0 million (2023: £5.0 million), and a floating charge over all other assets.
During the year, Boughey Distribution Limited, a subsidiary company of NWF Group plc, obtained an operating lease for a warehouse in 
Newcastle‑under-Lyme. The property lease has been secured via a parental guarantee provided by NWF Group plc. The fair value of the liability 
payable in the event of default is considered to be £Nil as the funds payable would be recovered in full from Boughey Distribution Limited.
The Company has also given certain guarantees to third parties in respect of operating lease and supply agreement commitments due from 
various subsidiary companies.
No loss is expected to result from these arrangements.
19. Contingent assets
There are no contingent assets recognised by the Company as at 31 May 2024 (2023: £Nil).
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
123
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview
Financial statements

Notice of Annual General Meeting
Notice is hereby given that the Annual General Meeting (‘the Meeting’) of NWF Group plc (‘the Company’) will be held at Wychwood Park Hotel, 
Weston, Crewe CW2 5GP on Thursday 26 September 2024 at 10.30a.m. to transact the business as specified below. 
As Ordinary Business: to consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed as Ordinary Resolutions.
1.	 To receive, adopt and approve the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 31 May 2024 together with the Directors’ 
Report and Auditors’ Report thereon.
2.	 To declare a final dividend of 7.1p per share for the financial year ended 31 May 2024 payable on 6 December 2024 to shareholders who are 
on the register of members of the Company at the close of business on 1 November 2024.
3.	 To elect Amanda Jane Burton as a Director of the Company. 
4.	 To elect Timothy John Cooper as a Director of the Company. 
5.	 To re-elect Chris James Belsham as a Director of the Company.
6.	 To re-elect Katie Jane Shortland as a Director of the Company.
7.	 To re-elect Richard James Armitage as a Director of the Company. 
8.	 To reappoint PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors of the Company to hold office from the conclusion of the Meeting until the conclusion 
of the next Meeting of the Company at which the Company’s accounts are laid before the Company.
9.	 To authorise the Directors or Audit Committee of the Company to set the auditors’ remuneration.
10.	To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Report (excluding the Directors’ Remuneration Policy contained within that report) as set out in the 
Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 31 May 2024.
11.	To approve the Directors’ Remuneration Policy as set out in the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 31 May 2024.
As Special Business: to consider and, if thought fit, pass the following resolutions which will be proposed as Special Resolutions except for 
Resolution 12 which will be proposed as an Ordinary Resolution.
Directors’ authority to allot shares
12.	That the Board of Directors of the Company (‘the Board’) be generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to Section 551 of the Companies 
Act 2006 (‘the Act’) to allot Relevant Securities (as hereinafter defined): 
	
12.1	 up to an aggregate nominal amount of £4,119,948.42 (the equivalent of 16,479,794 ordinary shares); and
	
12.2	 comprising equity securities (as defined by Section 560 of the Act) up to an aggregate nominal amount of £8,239,896.84 (the equivalent 
of 38,959,588 ordinary shares) (such amount to be reduced by the nominal amount of any Relevant Securities allotted under paragraph 12.1 
above) in connection with an offer by way of a rights issue:
	
	 	
(a)	 to holders of ordinary shares in proportion (as nearly as may be practicable) to their respective existing holdings; and
	
	 	
(b)	 to holders of other equity securities as required by the rights of those securities, 
	
but subject to such limits, exclusions or other arrangements as the Board may deem necessary or expedient in relation to treasury shares, 
fractional entitlements, record dates, legal, regulatory or practical problems in or under the laws of any territory or the requirements of any 
regulatory body or stock exchange, 
	
provided that this authority shall, unless renewed, varied or revoked by the Company, expire on the date which is 15 months after the date of the 
Meeting or, if earlier, the date of the next Meeting of the Company save that the Company may, before such expiry, make offers or agreements 
which would or might require Relevant Securities to be allotted and the Board may allot Relevant Securities in pursuance of such offer or 
agreement notwithstanding that the authority conferred by this resolution has expired.
	
This Resolution 12 revokes and replaces all unexercised authorities previously granted to the Board to allot Relevant Securities but without 
prejudice to any allotment of shares or grant of rights already made, offered or agreed to be made pursuant to such authorities.
	
For the purposes of this Resolution 12, ‘Relevant Securities’ means:
•	shares in the Company other than shares allotted pursuant to:
•	 an employee share scheme (as defined by Section 1166 of the Act); or
•	 a right to subscribe for shares in the Company where the grant of the right itself constituted a Relevant Security; or
•	 a right to convert securities into shares in the Company where the grant of the right itself constituted a Relevant Security; or
•	 any right to subscribe for, or to convert any security into, shares in the Company other than rights to subscribe for, or convert any security 
into, shares allotted pursuant to an employee share scheme (as defined by Section 1166 of the Act). References to the allotment of Relevant 
Securities in this Resolution 12 include the grant of such rights. 
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
124
Shareholder information

General disapplication of pre-emption rights
13.	That, subject to the passing of Resolution 12 on page 124, the Board be and it is hereby empowered, pursuant to Section 570 and Section 573 of 
the Act, to allot equity securities (as defined in Section 560 of the Act) for cash pursuant to the authority conferred by Resolution 12 on page 124 
or to sell treasury shares as if Section 561 of the Act did not apply to any such allotment or sale, provided that this power shall be limited to:
	
13.1	 the allotment of equity securities in connection with a rights issue or other pro rata offer in favour of holders of equity securities (but in the 
case of the authority granted under paragraph 12.2 of Resolution 12 on page 124, by way of a rights issue only) where the equity securities 
respectively attributable to the interests of all those persons at such record dates as the Board may determine are proportionate (as nearly 
as may be) to the respective numbers of equity securities then held by them subject to such limits, exclusions or other arrangements as the 
Board may consider necessary or expedient to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, practical or legal difficulties 
under the laws of any territory or the requirements of any regulatory body or stock exchange or by virtue of equity securities being 
represented by depositary receipts or any other matter whatsoever; 
	
13.2	 the allotment (otherwise than pursuant to paragraph 13.1 above) of equity securities up to an aggregate nominal amount of £1,235,984.53; and 
	
13.3	 in each case such power shall expire upon the expiry of the general authority conferred by Resolution 12 on page 124, except that the 
Company may before such expiry make offers or agreements which would or might require equity securities to be allotted and/or shares 
held by the Company in treasury to be sold or transferred after such expiry and the Board may allot equity securities and/or sell or transfer 
shares held by the Company in treasury in pursuance of such offers or agreements as if the power conferred by this resolution had 
not expired.
	
All previous unutilised authorities under Sections 570 and 573 of the Act shall cease to have effect (save to the extent that they are exercisable 
by reason of any offer or agreement made prior to the date of this Resolution 13 which would or might require shares to be allotted on or after 
that date).
By order of the Board
Tom Harland
Company Secretary
30 July 2024
Registered office
Wardle
Nantwich
Cheshire 
CW5 6BP
These notes are important and require your immediate attention.
1.	 To attend the Meeting in person, please arrive at the venue for the Meeting by 10.00a.m. to enable your shareholding to be checked against the 
register of members of the Company and your attendance recorded.
2. 	Shareholders are encouraged to email any questions in respect of the Company’s Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 
31 May 2024 or the Meeting to investor.relations@nwf.co.uk in advance of the Meeting. Responses to questions will be provided as soon 
as reasonably possible, following receipt.
3. 	A shareholder entitled to vote at the Meeting is entitled to appoint another person of his/her choice as that shareholder’s proxy to exercise all 
or any of that shareholder’s rights to attend, speak and vote at the Meeting on his/her behalf. A shareholder may appoint more than one proxy 
in relation to the Meeting, provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by that 
shareholder. A proxy need not be a shareholder of the Company. Unless otherwise indicated on the form of proxy, CREST, Proxymity or any 
other electronic voting instruction, the proxy will vote as they think fit or, at their discretion, withhold from voting.
4.	 A proxy or proxies can be appointed by:
•	 submitting a form of proxy electronically by accessing the shareholder portal at www.signalshares.com. 
	
	 To submit a form of proxy electronically, you will require your username and password. If you have not previously registered to use the 
shareholder portal then this can be done using your investor code (‘IVC’) (which can be found on your share certificate or by contacting Link 
Group as detailed in paragraph 12 below), along with your surname and postcode. Once the portal has been accessed, click on ‘vote online’ on 
the home page and follow the instructions. All electronic proxy appointments must be made by no later than 10.30a.m. on 24 September 2024 
(or, in the event that the Meeting is adjourned, no later than 48 hours before the time appointed for the adjourned meeting); 
•	 CREST members using the CREST electronic proxy appointment service (as detailed in paragraph 6); 
Notes to the Notice of Annual General Meeting
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
125
Financial statements
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview

•	 completing and returning a paper form of proxy (which is enclosed with the document of which this Notice forms part). To appoint more than 
one proxy, the form of proxy should be photocopied and all completed forms returned together to Link Group in accordance with the 
instructions in paragraph 5 below; or
•	 if you are an institutional investor you may also be able to appoint a proxy electronically via the Proxymity platform, a process which has been 
agreed by the Company and approved by the Registrar. For further information regarding Proxymity, please go to www.proxymity.io. Your 
proxy must be lodged by 10.30a.m. on 24 September 2024 in order to be considered valid or, if the meeting is adjourned, by the time which is 
48 hours before the time of the adjourned meeting. Before you can appoint a proxy via this process you will need to have agreed to Proxymity’s 
associated terms and conditions. It is important that you read these carefully as you will be bound by them and they will govern the electronic 
appointment of your proxy. An electronic proxy appointment via the Proxymity platform may be revoked completely by sending an 
authenticated message via the platform instructing the removal of your proxy vote.
5.	 If a paper form of proxy is used to appoint a proxy or proxies, the form of proxy must be completed, signed and returned, together with any power 
of attorney or any other authority under which it is signed, or a notarially certified copy of such authority, to the Company’s registrars, Link Group, 
PXS 1, Central Square, 29 Wellington Street, Leeds LS1 4DL, so that it is received no later than 10.30a.m. on 24 September 2024. In the event of a 
conflict between a blank paper form of proxy and a form of proxy which states the number of shares to which it applies, the specific form of proxy 
shall be counted first, regardless of whether it was sent or received before or after the blank form of proxy, and any remaining shares in respect 
of which you are the registered holder will be apportioned to the blank form of proxy.
6. 	CREST members who wish to appoint a proxy or proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service may do so for the Meeting 
to be held at 10.30a.m. on 26 September 2024 and any adjournment(s) thereof by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual. CREST 
personal members or other CREST sponsored members, and those CREST members who have appointed a voting service provider, should refer 
to their CREST sponsors or voting service provider(s), who will be able to take the appropriate action on their behalf.
	
In order for a proxy appointment or instruction made by means of CREST to be valid, the appropriate CREST message (‘a CREST Proxy 
Instruction’) must be properly authenticated in accordance with Euroclear UK & International Limited’s specifications and must contain the 
information required for such instructions, as described in the CREST Manual. The message must be transmitted so as to be received by the 
Company’s agent, Link Group (CREST Participant ID: RA10), no later than 48 hours before the time appointed for the Meeting (or, in the event that 
the Meeting is adjourned, no later than 48 hours before the time appointed for the adjourned meeting). For this purpose, the time of receipt will 
be taken to be the time (as determined by the time stamp applied to the message by the CREST Application Host) from which the Company’s 
agent is able to retrieve the message by enquiry to CREST in the manner prescribed by CREST.
	
CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsor or voting service provider should note that Euroclear UK & International Limited 
does not make available special procedures in CREST for any particular messages. Normal system timings and limitations will therefore apply 
in relation to the input of CREST Proxy Instructions. It is the responsibility of the CREST member concerned to take (or, if the CREST member is a 
CREST personal member or sponsored member or has appointed a voting service provider, to procure that their CREST sponsor or voting service 
provider takes) such action as shall be necessary to ensure that a message is transmitted by means of the CREST system by any particular time. 
In this connection, CREST members and, where applicable, their CREST sponsor or voting service provider are referred in particular to those 
sections of the CREST Manual concerning practical limitations of the CREST system and timings.
	
The Company may treat as invalid a CREST Proxy Instruction in the circumstances set out in Regulation 35(5)(a) of the Uncertificated Securities 
Regulations 2001.
7.	  If you wish to change your proxy instructions, you should submit a new proxy appointment using the methods detailed above. Your attention 
is particularly drawn to the deadline for receipt of proxy appointments (as detailed in paragraphs 4, 5 and 6 above) as these are applicable to 
amended proxy instructions. In the event that more than one valid proxy appointment is received for the same share or shares, the appointment 
received last before the deadline for receipt of proxy appointments will take precedence.
8. 	Only those shareholders entered on the register of members of the Company at the close of business on 24 September 2024 or, in the event that 
the Meeting is adjourned, on the register of members as at the close of business on the day two working days before the date of any adjourned 
meeting, shall be entitled to attend and vote at the Meeting in respect of the number of ordinary shares registered in their names at that time. 
Changes to the entries on the register of members after the close of business on 26 September 2024 or, in the event that the Meeting is 
adjourned, on the register of members after the close of business on the day two working days before the date of the adjourned meeting, 
shall be disregarded in determining the rights of any person to attend or vote at the Meeting.
9.	 Any corporation which is a shareholder can appoint one or more corporate representatives who may exercise on its behalf all of its powers 
as a shareholder provided that they do not do so in relation to the same shares.
10.	Copies of the following documents will be available for inspection at the Company’s registered office during normal working hours on any 
weekday (Saturdays, Sundays and public holidays excepted) from the date of this Notice until the date of the Meeting and at the place of the 
Meeting for 15 minutes prior to and during the Meeting:
•	copies of all service agreements or letters of appointment under which the Directors of the Company are employed by the Company.
11.	Addresses (including electronic addresses) in this document are included strictly for the purposes specified and not for any other purpose.
12.	Except as provided above, members who have general queries about the Meeting should use the following means of communication 
(no other methods of communication will be accepted):
•	 emailing at shareholderenquiries@linkgroup.co.uk or calling Link Group on +44 (0)371 664 0300. Calls are charged at the standard geographic 
rate and will vary by provider. Calls outside the United Kingdom will be charged at the applicable international rate. Lines are open between 
9.00a.m. and 5.30p.m. (UK time) Monday to Friday excluding public holidays in England and Wales.
Notes to the Notice of Annual General Meeting continued
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
126
Shareholder information

Ordinary Business 
Each resolution will be proposed as an Ordinary Resolution. This means that, for each of the resolutions to be passed, more than half of the votes 
cast must be in favour of the resolution.
The Ordinary Resolutions are routine and deal with the presentation of the Annual Report and Accounts for the financial year ended 31 May 2024, 
the declaration of a final dividend, the reappointment of Chris James Belsham, Katie Jane Shortland, Richard James Armitage and the election of 
Amanda Jane Burton and Timothy John Cooper as Directors of the Company, and the reappointment of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP as auditors 
as well as the authorisation of the Directors to set the auditors’ remuneration and the approval of the Directors’ Remuneration Report (excluding 
the Directors’ remuneration policy contained within that report) and, by separate vote, the approval of the Directors’ remuneration policy. The votes 
in respect of Resolution 10 and 11 will be ‘advisory’ only, which means that they are not binding on the Company, and the Directors’ entitlement 
to remuneration is not conditional on their approval.
Biographical details of the Directors standing for election can be found on pages 50 and 51. 
Special Business
Resolution 12 will be proposed as an Ordinary Resolution and Resolution 13 will be proposed as a Special Resolution. In order for a Special Resolution 
to be passed, at least three-quarters of the votes cast must be in favour of the resolution.
Resolution 12 – authority to allot shares (Ordinary Resolution)
The authority conferred on the Directors at last year’s Meeting to allot the share capital of the Company expires at the conclusion of the forthcoming 
Meeting. The Board recommends that this authority be renewed. 
Paragraph 12.1 of Resolution 12 will, if passed, authorise the Directors to allot the Company’s unissued shares up to a maximum nominal amount 
of £4,119,948.42, which represents an amount which is equal to one-third of the aggregate nominal value of the issued and unconditionally allotted 
ordinary share capital of the Company (excluding treasury shares) as it was at close of business on 31 July 2024, the latest practicable date before 
the publication of this Notice. As at close of business on 31 July 2024 the Company did not hold any treasury shares.
Paragraph 12.2 of Resolution 12 will, if passed, authorise the Directors to allot unissued shares in connection with a rights or other issue in favour 
of holders of equity securities (which would include ordinary shareholders) as required by the rights of those securities, up to a maximum aggregate 
nominal amount of £8,239,896.84 which represents an amount which is equal to two-thirds of the aggregate nominal value of the issued and 
unconditionally allotted ordinary share capital of the Company as it was at close of business on 31 July 2024 (such amount to be reduced by the 
nominal amount of any Relevant Securities issued under the authority conferred by paragraph 12.1 of Resolution 12). 
The authorities sought in Resolution 12 are in substitution for all existing authorities, granted in the Company’s Articles of Association or otherwise, 
and without prejudice to previous allotments made under such existing authorities. The authorities will each expire 15 months after the date of the 
Meeting or, if earlier, at the conclusion of the next Meeting of the Company. The Directors have no present intention of exercising these authorities 
but believe that it is in the best interests of the Company to have the authorities available so that the Board has the flexibility to take advantage 
of business opportunities as they arise.
Resolution 13 – disapplication of pre-emption rights (Special Resolution)
Resolution 13, which will be proposed as a Special Resolution, seeks to renew the authority conferred on the Directors at last year’s Meeting to issue 
equity securities of the Company for cash without application of the pre-emption rights provided by Section 561 of the Act. The authority being 
sought provides for non-pre-emptive allotments of equity securities: (i) to ordinary shareholders in proportion to their shareholdings then existing; 
(ii) to holders of other equity securities as required by, or subject to (as the Directors consider necessary), the rights of those securities, and to deal 
with treasury shares, fractional entitlements and legal and practical problems in any territory, for example on a rights issue or other similar share 
issue; and (iii) for cash up to an aggregate nominal value of £1,235,984.53 which represents 10% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company 
as it was at close of business on 31 July 2024, the latest practicable date before the publication of this Notice. 
The authority being sought is in substitution for all existing authorities, granted in the Company’s Articles of Association or otherwise, and without 
prejudice to previous allotments made under such authorities, and will expire 15 months after the date of the Meeting or, if earlier, at the conclusion 
of the next Meeting of the Company. The Directors have no present intention of exercising these authorities but believe that it is in the best interests 
of the Company to have the authorities available so that the Board has the flexibility to take advantage of business opportunities as they arise.
The authority sought and the limits set by this resolution will also disapply the application of Section 561 of the Act from a sale of treasury shares 
to the extent also specified in this resolution.
Explanatory notes to the Notice of Annual General Meeting
Annual Report and Accounts 2024 — NWF GROUP PLC
127
Financial statements
ESG framework
Strategic report
Shareholder information
Overview

Financial calendar
Business contacts
Advisors
Annual General Meeting
26 September 2024
Dividend:
– Ex-dividend date
31 October 2024
– Record date
1 November 2024
– Payment date
6 December 2024
Announcement of half year results
Early February 2025
Publication of Interim Report
Early February 2025
Interim dividend paid
May 2025
Financial year end
31 May 2025
Announcement of full year results
Early August 2025
Publication of Annual Report and Accounts
Late August 2025
Fuels
Tel: 01829 260900
www.nwffuels.co.uk
Food
Tel: 01829 260704
www.boughey.co.uk
Feeds
Tel: 0800 262397
www.nwfagriculture.co.uk
Registrars
Link Group
Central Square
29 Wellington Street
Leeds LS1 4DL
Independent auditors
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP
1 Hardman Square
Manchester M3 3EB
Bankers
NatWest Group
Corporate Banking
1st Floor
1 Hardman Boulevard
Manchester M3 3AQ
Nominated advisor 
and broker
Peel Hunt LLP
7th Floor
100 Liverpool Street
London EC2M 2AT
Solicitors
Brabners LLP
Horton House
Exchange Flags
Exchange Street E
Liverpool L2 3YL
Financial PR
MHP Group
60 Great Portland Street
London W1W 7RT
Registered office
NWF Group plc
Wardle
Nantwich
Cheshire CW5 6BP
Registered number
02264971
NWF GROUP PLC — Annual Report and Accounts 2024
128
Shareholder information

CBP026083

NWF Group plc
Wardle
Nantwich
Cheshire
CW5 6BP
Telephone: 01829 260260
www.nwf.co.uk